200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... ·...

296
2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual Use these links (and links throughout this manual) to navigate through this reference. For a printed owner's manual, click on authorized manuals or go to www.helminc.com. Contents Owner's Identification Form Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... i A Few Words About Safety .......................................................................................................................... ii Your Vehicle at a Glance ...............................................................................................................................2 Driver and Passenger Safety .......................................................................................................................5 Proper use and care of your vehicle's seat belts, and Supplemental Restraint System. Instruments and Controls...........................................................................................................................57 Instrument panel indicator and gauge, and how to use dashboard and steering column controls. Comfort and Convenience Features.......................................................................................................115 How to operate the climate control system, the audio system, and other convenience features. Before Driving .............................................................................................................................................167 What gasoline to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how to load luggage and other cargo. Driving ...........................................................................................................................................................181 The proper way to start the engine, shift the transmission, and park, plus towing a trailer. Maintenance .................................................................................................................................................201 The Maintenance Schedule shows you when you need to take your vehicle to the dealer. Taking Care of the Unexpected...............................................................................................................237 This section covers several problems motorists sometimes experience, and how to handle them. Technical Information ...............................................................................................................................263 ID numbers, dimensions, capacities, and technical information. Warranty and Customer Relations (U.S. and Canada) ......................................................................277 A summary of the warranties covering your new Honda, and how to contact us. Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)...............................................................................................................281 How to order manuals and other technical literature. Index ................................................................................................................................................................. I Service Information Summary A summary of information you need when you pull up to the fuel pump.

Transcript of 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... ·...

Page 1: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual Use these links (and links throughout this manual) to navigate through this reference. For a printed owner's manual, click on authorized manuals or go to www.helminc.com.

Contents

Owner's Identification Form

Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... i

A Few Words About Safety .......................................................................................................................... ii

Your Vehicle at a Glance ...............................................................................................................................2

Driver and Passenger Safety .......................................................................................................................5 Proper use and care of your vehicle's seat belts, and Supplemental Restraint System.

Instruments and Controls...........................................................................................................................57 Instrument panel indicator and gauge, and how to use dashboard and steering column controls.

Comfort and Convenience Features.......................................................................................................115 How to operate the climate control system, the audio system, and other convenience features.

Before Driving .............................................................................................................................................167 What gasoline to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how to load luggage and other cargo.

Driving ...........................................................................................................................................................181 The proper way to start the engine, shift the transmission, and park, plus towing a trailer.

Maintenance .................................................................................................................................................201 The Maintenance Schedule shows you when you need to take your vehicle to the dealer. Taking Care of the Unexpected...............................................................................................................237 This section covers several problems motorists sometimes experience, and how to handle them.

Technical Information ...............................................................................................................................263 ID numbers, dimensions, capacities, and technical information.

Warranty and Customer Relations (U.S. and Canada) ......................................................................277 A summary of the warranties covering your new Honda, and how to contact us.

Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)...............................................................................................................281 How to order manuals and other technical literature.

Index ................................................................................................................................................................. I

Service Information Summary A summary of information you need when you pull up to the fuel pump.

Page 2: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This Owner’s Manual should be considereda permanent part of the vehicle, and shouldremain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This Owner’s Manual covers all models ofthe Odyssey. You may find descriptions ofequipment and features that are not on yourparticular model.

The information and specifications includedin this publication were in effect at the timeof approval for printing. Honda Motor Co.,Ltd. reserves the right, however, todiscontinue or change specifications ordesign at any time without notice andwithout incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Owner’s Identif ication

POUR CLIENTS CANADIENAVIS IMPORTANT: Si vous avezbesoin d’un Manuel du Conducteuren français, veuillez demander àvotre concessionnaire decommander le numéro de pièce38S0X650

OWNER

ADDRESS

V. I. N.

DELIVERY DATE

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

OWNER’S SIGNATURE

DEALER’S SIGNATURE

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

(Date sold to original retail purchaser)

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

Page 3: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Congratulations! Your selection of a 2004 Honda Odyssey was a wiseinvestment. It will give you years of driving pleasure.

One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new Honda is toread this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls andconvenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle soyou can refer to it at any time.

Several warranties protect your new Honda. Read the warranty bookletthoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rightsand responsibilities.

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manualhelps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your Hondadealer’s staff is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique toyour Honda. Your Honda dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will bepleased to answer any questions and concerns.

As you read this manual, you willfind information that is preceded bya symbol. This informationis intended to help you avoid damageto your Honda, other property, or theenvironment.

California Proposition 65 Warning

This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Introduction

WARNING:

NOTICE:

i

Page 4: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

--

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. And operating thisvehicle safely is an importantresponsibility.

To help you make informeddecisions about safety, we haveprovided operating procedures andother information on labels and inthis manual. This information alertsyou to potential hazards that couldhurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical orpossible to warn you about all thehazards associated with operating ormaintaining your vehicle. You mustuse your own good judgement.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,including:

on the vehicle.preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words: , , or .These signal words mean:

such as Important Safety Reminders or ImportantSafety Precautions.

such as Driver and Passenger Safety.

This entire book is filled with important safety information please read itcarefully.

how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

A Few Words About Safety

Safety LabelsSafety Messages

Safety Headings

Safety SectionInstructions

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

ii

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be HURT if you don’t followinstructions.

Page 5: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your Vehicle at a Glance

2

REAR A/C CONTROL

GLOVE BOX

AUDIO SYSTEM/REAR ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM

CENTER TABLEACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

PARKING BRAKEPEDAL

FUEL FILLDOOR RELEASE

HOOD RELEASEHANDLE

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

POWERDOOR LOCKSWITCHES

SEAT HEATERSWITCH

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORSGAUGES (P.66) (P.184)

(P.78)

(P.99)

(P.98)

(P.170)

(P.169) (P.103) (P.109)(P.105)

(P.126, 145)

(P.109)

(P.123)

(P.116)(P.121)

SHIFT LEVER HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMCLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

(P.59, 60)

Page 6: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To use the horn, press the pad around the ‘‘H’’ logo.:

Your Vehicle at a Glance

3

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

POWER SLIDINGDOOR SWITCHES

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

WINDSHIELDWIPERS/WASHERS

CRUISECONTROL

HORN

STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENT

CRUISECONTROL

MIRRORCONTROLS

(P.192)(P.71) (P.73)

CLOCK(P.105)

(P.73)

(P.32)

(P.69)(P.160)(P.74)

(P.160)

(P.102)

(P.85)

LIGHT CONTROLSWITCH

AUDIO SYSTEM/REARENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM(P.126, 145)

(P.112)

STEERING WHEELAUDIO CONTROLS(P.143)

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

Page 7: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

4

Page 8: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This section gives you importantinformation about how to protectyourself and your passengers. Itshows you how to use seat beltsproperly. It explains how your airbagwork, and it tells you how to properlyrestrain infants and children in yourvehicle.

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.......Your Vehicle’s Safety Features . 7

.......................................Seat Belts . 8...........................................Airbags . 9

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11.....1. Close and Lock the Doors . 11

...........2. Adjust the Front Seats . 11............3. Adjust the Seat-Backs . 12

...4. Adjust the Head Restraints . 135. Fasten and Position the Seat

.....................................Belts . 14....6. Adjust the Steering Wheel . 17

7. Maintain a Proper Sitting................................Position . 17

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 18

...Additional Safety Precautions . 18Additional Information About Your

.................................Seat Belts . 20..Seat Belt System Components . 20

......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 20Automatic Seat Belt

.............................Tensionners . 22...............Seat Belt Maintenance . 22

Additional Information About Your.....................................Airbags . 24

......Airbag System Components . 24How Your Front Airbags

.........................................Work . 25How Your Side Airbags

.........................................Work . 29..How the SRS Indicator Works . 30

How the Side Airbag Off......................Indicator Works . 31

How the Passenger Airbag...............Off Indicator Works . 32

.............................Airbag Service . 33...Additional Safety Precautions . 34

Protecting Children General................................Guidelines . 35

All Children Must Be...............................Restrained . 35

Children Should Sit in a Back...........................................Seat . 36

The Passenger’s Front Airbag.........Can Pose Serious Risks . 36

If You Must Drive with Several...................................Children . 38

If a Child Requires Close..................................Attention . 38

...Additional Safety Precautions . 39Protecting Infants and Small

...................................Children . 40.......................Protecting Infants . 40

.........Protecting Small Children . 41.................Selecting a Child Seat . 42

....................Installing a Child Seat . 43Installing a Child Seat Using

.....................................LATCH . 44Installing a Child Seat with a

..................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 46Installing a Child Seat with a

......................................Tether . 48...........Protecting Larger Children . 50

.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 54...................................Safety Labels . 55

Driver and Passenger Safety

Driver and Passenger Safety 5

Page 9: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You’ll find many safetyrecommendations throughout thissection, and throughout this manual.The recommendations on this pageare the ones we consider to be themost important.

A seat belt is your best protection inall types of collisions. Airbagssupplement seat belts, but airbagsare designed to inflate only in amoderate to severe frontal or sidecollision. So even though yourvehicle is equipped with airbags,make sure you and your passengersalways wear your seat belts, andwear them properly (see page ).

Children age 12 and under shouldride properly restrained in a backseat. Infants and small childrenshould be restrained in a child seat.Larger children should use a boosterand a lap/shoulder belt until they

can use the belt properly without abooster (see page ).

While airbags can save lives, theycan cause serious or fatal injuries tooccupants who sit too close to them,or are not properly restrained.Infants, young children, and shortadults are at the greatest risk. Besure to follow all instructions andwarnings in this manual.

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Evenone drink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditions, andyour reaction time gets worse withevery additional drink. So don’t drinkand drive, and don’t let your friendsdrink and drive, either.

Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed the greater therisk, but serious injuries can alsooccur at lower speeds. Never drivefaster than is safe for currentconditions, regardless of themaximum speed posted.

Having a tire blowout or amechanical failure can be extremelyhazardous. To reduce the possibilityof such problems, check your tirepressures and condition frequently,and perform all regularly scheduledmaintenance (see page ).

14

35

205

Important Safety Precautions

Driver and Passenger Safety

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

Restrain All Children

Be Aware of Airbag Hazards

Control Your Speed

Keep Your Vehicle in SafeCondition

Don’t Drink and Drive

6

Page 10: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle is equipped with manyfeatures that work together toprotect you and your passengersduring a crash.

Some safety features do not requireany action on your part. Theseinclude a strong steel frameworkthat forms a safety cage around thepassenger compartment; front andrear crush zones, a collapsiblesteering column, and seat belttensioners that tighten the front seatbelts in the event of a crash.

CONTINUED

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety 7

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(8)(7) (9)

(10)

(6) Seat Belts

(7) Front Airbags

(8) Side Airbags

(9) Front Seat Belt Tensioners

(10) Door Locks

(1) Safety Cage

(2) Crush Zones

(3) Seats and Seat-Backs

(4) Head Restraints

(5) Collapsible Steering Column

Page 11: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

However, you and your passengerscan’t take full advantage of thesesafety features unless you remainsitting in a proper position andalways wear your seat belts properly.In fact, some safety features cancontribute to injuries if they are notused properly.

The following pages explain how youcan take an active role in protectingyourself and your passengers.

Your vehicle is equipped with seatbelts in all seating positions.

Your seat belt system also includesan indicator on the instrument panelto remind you and your passengersto fasten your seat belts.

Seat belts are the single mosteffective safety device for adults andlarger children (Infants and smallerchildren must be properly restrainedin child seats).

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

In addition, most states and allCanadian provinces require you towear seat belts.

When properly worn, seat belts:

Keep you connected to the vehicleso you can take advantage of thevehicle’s built-in safety features.

Help protect you in almost everytype of crash, including frontal,side, rear impacts, and rollovers.

Help keep you from being thrownagainst the inside of the vehicleand against other occupants.

Keep you from being thrown outof the vehicle.

Help keep you in a good positionshould the airbags ever deploy. Agood position reduces the risk ofinjury from an inflating airbag, andallows you to get the bestadvantage from the airbag.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belts

Why Wear Seat Belts

8

Page 12: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Your vehicle also has side airbags tohelp protect the upper torso of thedriver or a front seat passengerduring a moderate to severe sideimpact (see page for moreinformation on how your side airbagswork).

Your vehicle has a SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) with frontairbags to help protect the heads andchests of the driver and a front seatpassenger during a moderate tosevere frontal collision (see page

for more information on howyour front airbags work).

Of course, seat belts cannotcompletely protect you in everycrash. But in most cases, seat beltscan reduce your risk of seriousinjury.

Always wear your seat belt, andmake sure you wear it properly.

29

25

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags

What You Should Do:

9

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and your passengersalways wear seat belts and wearthem properly.

Page 13: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The most important things you needto know about your airbags are:

They are designed to supplementthe seat belts.

To dotheir job, airbags must inflate withtremendous force. So whileairbags help save lives, they cancause minor injuries or moreserious or even fatal injuries ifoccupants are not properlyrestrained or sitting properly.

Always wearyour seat belt properly, and situpright, and as far back from thesteering wheel while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. A frontpassenger should move their seat asfar back from the dashboard aspossible.

The rest of this section gives moredetailed information about how youcan maximize your safety.

Remember, however, that no safetysystem can prevent all injuries ordeaths that can occur in severecrashes, even when seat belts areproperly worn and the airbags deploy.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags do not replace seat belts.

Airbags offer no protection in rearimpacts, rollovers, or minorfrontal or side collisions.

Airbags can pose hazards.

What you should do:

10

Page 14: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The following pages provideinstructions on how to properlyprotect the driver, adult passengers,and teenagers who are large enoughand mature enough to ride in thefront. See pages forimportant guidelines on how toproperly protect infants, smallchildren, and larger children whoride in your vehicle.

After everyone has entered thevehicle, be sure the doors andtailgate are closed and locked.

Your vehicle has a door and tailgatemonitor indicator on the instrumentpanel to indicate when a specificdoor or the tailgate is not tightlyclosed.

Locking the doors reduces thechance of someone being thrown outof the vehicle during a crash, and ithelps prevent passengers fromaccidentally opening a door andfalling out.

Locking the doors also helps preventan outsider from unexpectedlyopening a door when you come to astop.

Adjust the driver’s seat as far to therear as possible while allowing you tomaintain full control of the vehicle.Have a front passenger adjust theirseat as far to the rear as possible.

See page for how to lock thedoors, and page for how themonitor indicator works.

35 39

7863

CONTINUED

Driver and Passenger Safety

Introduction Close and Lock the Doors Adjust the Front Seats1. 2.

Protecting Adults and Teens

11

Page 15: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you sit too close to the steeringwheel or dashboard, you can beseriously injured by an inflating frontairbag, or by striking the steeringwheel or dashboard.

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that driversallow at least 10 inches (25 cm)between the center of the steeringwheel and the chest.

If you cannot get far enough awayfrom the steering wheel and stillreach the controls, we recommendthat you investigate whether sometype of adaptive equipment may help.

Once your seat is adjusted correctly,rock it back and forth to make surethe seat is locked into position. Seepage for how to adjust the frontseats.

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to acomfortable, upright position,leaving ample space between yourchest and the airbag cover in thecenter of the steering wheel.

Passengers with adjustable seat-backs should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, uprightposition.

89

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Adjust the Seat-Backs3.

12

Sitting too close to a frontairbag can result in seriousinjury or death if the frontairbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from thefront airbags as possible.

Page 16: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

See page for how to adjust thehead restraints.

Properly adjusted head restraintswill help protect occupants fromwhiplash and other crash injuries.Adjust the driver’s head restraint so

the back of your head rests againstthe center of the restraint.

Have passengers with adjustablerestraints adjust their restraintsproperly as well. Taller personsshould adjust their restraint as highas possible.

Reclining a seat-back so that theshoulder part of the belt no longerrests against the occupant’s chestreduces the protective capability ofthe belt. It also increases the chanceof sliding under the belt in a crashand being seriously injured. Thefarther a seat-back is reclined, thegreater the risk of injury.

See page for how to adjust seat-backs.

92

90

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Adjust the Head Restraints4.

13

Improperly positioning headrestraints reduces theireffectiveness and you can beseriously injured in a crash.

Make sure head restraints arein place and positioned properlybefore driving.

Reclining the seat-back too farcan result in serious injury ordeath in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to anupright position, and sit wellback in the seat.

Page 17: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Insert the latch plate into the buckle,then tug on the belt to make sure thebelt is securely latched.

The center belt in the third row has ashoulder belt that must be attachedto the lap belt before the seat belt isused (see page ).

Position the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across your hips,then pull up on the shoulder part ofthe belt so the lap part fits snugly.This lets your strong pelvic bonestake the force of a crash and reducesthe chance of internal injuries.

Check that the belt is not twisted.If the seat belt touches or crossesyour neck, or if it crosses your arminstead of your shoulder, you need toadjust the seat belt anchor height.

If necessary, pull up on the shoulderbelt again to remove any slack, thencheck that the belt rests across thecenter of your chest and over yourshoulder. This spreads the forces ofa crash over the strongest bones inyour upper body.

15

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Fasten and Position the SeatBelts

5.

Using a Lap/Shoulder Belt

14

Improperly positioning the seatbelts can cause serious injuryor death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts areproperly positioned beforedriving.

Page 18: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Insert the hook at the end of theshoulder belt plate into the metalloop on the latch plate markedCENTER. Make sure the shoulderbelt is not twisted, as a twisted beltcan cause serious injuries in a crash.Pull on the shoulder belt to makesure it is securely attached.

Unlatch the metal shoulder belt platefrom the anchor on the ceiling, thenextend the belt by pulling the metalplate.

The front seats and second row seatshave adjustable seat belt anchors. Toadjust the height of an anchor, pressand hold the release button and slidethe anchor up or down as needed(the anchor has four positions).

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using the Lap/Shoulder Belt in theCenter Position of the Third Row

15

METALHOOK

LATCH PLATE

RELEASEBUTTON

METAL PLATE

Page 19: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Pull upon the shoulder belt again toremove any slack, then check thatthe belt rests across the center ofyour chest and over your shoulder.

This could causevery serious injuries in a crash.

If a seat belt does not seem to workas it should, it may not protect theoccupant in a crash.

See page for additionalinformation about your seat beltsand how to take care of them.

Position the lap belt as low aspossible across your hips, then pullon the loose end of the lap belt for asnug but comfortable fit.

Insert the latch plate on the lap beltinto the buckle marked CENTER. Ifthe belt is too short, hold the latchplate at a right angle and pull on theplate to extend the belt. Then insertthe latch plate into the buckle, andtug on the lap and shoulder belts tomake sure the belt is securelylatched.

Using a seatbelt that is not working properly canresult in serious injury or death.Have your Honda dealer check thebelt as soon as possible.

20

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Never place the shoulder portion of alap/shoulder belt under your arm orbehind your back.

No one should sit in a seat with aninoperative seat belt.

16

Page 20: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

In addition, an occupant who is out ofposition in the front seat can beseriously or fatally injured in a crashby striking interior parts of thevehicle or being struck by aninflating front airbag. Being struckby an inflating side airbag canpossibly result in serious injuries.

After all occupants have adjustedtheir seats and put on seat belts, it isvery important that they continue tosit upright, well back in their seats,with their feet on the floor, until thevehicle is parked and the engine isoff.

Sitting improperly can increase thechance of injury during a crash. Forexample, if an occupant slouches,lies down, turns sideways, sitsforward, leans forward or sideways,or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash isgreatly increased.

Adjust the steering wheel, if needed,so that the wheel points toward yourchest, not toward your face. Thisprovides optimal protection from thefront airbag.

See page for how to adjust thesteering wheel.

74

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Maintain a Proper SittingPosition

Adjust the Steering Wheel 7.6.

17

Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back inthe seat, with your feet on thefloor.

Page 21: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you are pregnant, the best way toprotect yourself and your unbornchild when driving or riding in avehicle is to always wear a seat belt,and keep the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across the hips.

When driving, remember to situpright and adjust the seat as farback as possible while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. When ridingas a front passenger, adjust the seatas far back as possible.

This will reduce the risk of injuriesto both you and your unborn childthat can be caused by a crash or aninflating front airbag.

Each time you have a check-up, askyour doctor if it’s okay for you todrive.

All passengersmust sit in locked, upright seatsand be properly restrained by seatbelts.

A passenger who is notwearing a seat belt during a crashor emergency stop can be thrownagainst the inside of the vehicle,against other occupants, or out ofthe vehicle.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Advice for Pregnant Women Additional Safety PrecautionsNever let passengers ride in thecargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat.

Passengers should not stand up orchange seats while the vehicle ismoving.

Two people should never use thesame seat belt.

Driver and Passenger Safety18

Page 22: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Devices intended to improveoccupant comfort or reposition theshoulder part of a seat belt canreduce the protective capability ofthe seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

Carrying hard or sharpobjects on your lap, or driving witha pipe or other sharp objects inyour mouth, can result in injuriesif your front airbag inflates.

If yourhands or arms are close to anairbag cover, they could be injuredif the airbag inflates.

Objects onthe covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’could interfere with the properoperation of the airbags. Or, if theairbags inflate, the objects couldbe propelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone.

If a side airbaginflates, a cup holder or other hardobject attached on or near thedoor could be propelled inside thevehicle and hurt someone.

This could make the driver’sseat position sensor or the frontpassenger’s seat weight sensorsineffective (see page formore information).

This couldcause problems with the driver’sseat position sensor or the frontpassenger’s seat weight sensors(see page for moreinformation).

28

34

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not put any accessories on seatbelts.

Do not place hard or sharp objectsbetween yourself and a frontairbag.

Keep your hands and arms awayfrom the airbag covers.

Do not attach or place objects onthe front airbag covers.

Do not attach hard objects on ornear a front door.

Do not modify the front seats.

Do not place any items underthe front seats.

19

Page 23: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your seat belt system includes lap/shoulder belts in all seven seatingpositions. The front seat belts arealso equipped with automatic seatbelt tensioners.

Most seat belts are a one-piece lap/shoulder belt. This seat belt goesover your shoulder, across yourchest and across your hips.

To fasten the belt, insert the latchplate into the buckle, then tug on thebelt to make sure the buckle islatched (see page for how toproperly position the belt).

To unlock the belt, push the redPRESS button on the buckle. Guidethe belt across your body so that itretracts completely. After exiting thevehicle, be sure the belt is out of theway and will not get closed in thedoor.

The seat belts in all positions exceptthe driver’s and the center seat inthe third row have an additionallocking mechanism that must beactivated to secure a child seat (seepage ).

If the shoulder part of the belt ispulled all the way out, the lockingmechanism will activate. The beltwill retract, but it will not allow thepassenger to move freely.

To deactivate the lockingmechanism, unlatch the buckle, andlet the seat belt fully retract. Torefasten the belt, pull it out only asfar as needed.

The seat belt systemincludes an indicator on the

instrument panel to remind you andyour passengers to fasten your seatbelts.

If the driver’s seat belt is notfastened before the ignition is turnedto ON (II), the indicator will come onand a beeper will also sound. Thebeeper will stop after a few seconds,but the indicator will stay on until thedriver’s seat belt is fastened.

46

14

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belt System Components Lap/Shoulder Belt(Except center position of third row)

20

Page 24: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

All seat belts have an emergencylocking retractor. In normal driving,the retractor lets you move freely inyour seat while it keeps sometension on the belt. During a collisionor sudden stop, the retractorautomatically locks the belt to helprestrain your body.

To unlatch the belt, push the redPRESS button on the buckle anddetach the shoulder belt from the lapbelt.

When properly assembled, thecombination lap belt and shoulderbelt in this position goes over yourshoulder, across your chest, andover your hips (see pages

for belt assembly, latching, andpositioning instructions).

1516

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

(Center position of third row)

21

Page 25: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

For added protection, the front seatbelts are equipped with automaticseat belt tensioners. When activated,the tensioners immediately tightenthe belts to help hold the driver anda front passenger in place.

The tensioners are designed toactivate primarily in frontal collisions,and they should activate in anycollision severe enough to causefront-airbag inflation.

However, the tensioners can beactivated during a collision in whichthe front airbags do not deploy. Inthis case, the airbags would not beneeded, but the additional restraintcould be helpful.

When the tensioners are activated,the seat belts will remain tight untilthey are unbuckled in the normalmanner.

For safety, you should check thecondition of your seat belts regularly.

Pull each belt out fully and look forfrays, cuts, burns, and wear. Checkthat the latches work smoothly andthe belts retract easily. Any belt thatis not in good condition or notworking properly will not providegood protection and should bereplaced as soon as possible.

Honda provides a lifetime warrantyon seat belts for U.S. models. Seeyourbooklet for details.

Honda Warranty Information

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners Seat Belt Maintenance

22

Page 26: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If a seat belt is worn during a crash,it must be replaced by the dealer. Abelt that has been worn during acrash may not provide the same levelof protection in a subsequent crash.

The dealer should also inspect theanchors for damage and replacethem if needed. If the automatic seatbelt tensioners activate during acrash, they must be replaced.

For information on how to clean yourseat belts, see page .226

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety 23

Not checking or maintainingseat belts can result in seriousinjury or death if the seat beltsdo not work properly whenneeded.

Check your seat belts regularlyand have any problemcorrected as soon as possible.

Page 27: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Two side airbags, one for thedriver and one for a frontpassenger. The airbags are storedin the outer edges of the seat-backs. Both are marked ‘‘SIDEAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Automatic seat belt tensioners(see page ).

Sensors that can detect amoderate to severe frontal or sideimpact.

Your Airbag System includes:

Two SRS (Supplemental RestraintSystem) front airbags. The driver’sairbag is stored in the center ofthe steering wheel; the frontpassenger’s airbag is stored in thedashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRSAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

22

29

25

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbag System Components

24

(8)

(3)

(4)(6) (10)

(5) (11) (1) (8) (9)

(2)

(10)

(4)

(7)(5)(7)

(1) Driver’s Front Airbag(2) Passenger’s Front Airbag(3) Control Unit(4) Seat Belt Tensioners(5) Side Airbags(6) Driver’s Seat Position Sensor

(7) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors(8) Front Impact Sensors(9) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator(10) Side Impact Sensors(11) Occupant Position Detection

System (OPDS) Sensors

Page 28: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

A sophisticated electronic systemthat continually monitors andrecords information about thesensors, the control unit, theairbag activators, and driver andfront passenger seat belt use whenthe ignition is in the ON (II)position.

Weight sensors that monitor theweight on the front passenger’sseat. These prevent the passenger’sfront airbag from inflating if theweight is less than about 65 lbs(30 kg) (see page ).

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you to a possibleproblem with your airbags (seepage ).

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you that the frontpassenger’s side airbag has beenturned off (see page ).

An indicator on the dashboard thatalerts you that the passenger’sfront airbag has been turned off(see page ).

Emergency backup power in caseyour vehicle’s electrical system isdisconnected in a crash.

A driver’s seat position sensor thatmonitors the seat position. If theseat is too far forward, the airbagwill inflate with less force (seepage ).

If you ever have a moderate tosevere frontal collision, sensors willdetect the vehicle’s rapiddeceleration. If the rate ofdeceleration is high enough, thecontrol unit will instantly inflate thedriver’s and front passenger’s frontairbags, at the appropriate time andwith the force needed.

28

30

31

32

28

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Front Airbags Work

25

Page 29: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

During a frontal crash, your seat beltrestrains your lower body and torso,and the airbag helps protect yourhead and chest.

This can happen if the severity of acollision is at the margin, orthreshold, that determines whetheror not the airbags will deploy. Insuch cases, the seat belt will providesufficient protection, and thesupplemental protection offered bythe airbag would be minimal.

After inflating, the front airbagsimmediately deflate, so they won’tinterfere with the driver’s visibility,or the ability to steer or operateother controls.

The total time for inflation anddeflation is one-tenth of a second, sofast that most occupants are notaware that the airbags deployed untilthey see them lying in their laps.

After a crash, you may see whatlooks like smoke. This is actuallypowder from the airbag’s surface.Although the powder is not harmful,people with respiratory problemsmay experience some temporarydiscomfort. If this occurs, get out ofthe vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.

Only the driver’s airbag can deploy ifthere is no passenger in the frontseat, or if the advanced airbagsystem has turned the passenger’sairbag off (see page ).

Although both airbags normallyinflate within a split second of eachother, it is possible for only oneairbag to deploy.

31

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety26

Page 30: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Your front airbags are dual-stageairbags. This means they have twoinflation stages that can be ignitedsequentially or simultaneously,depending on crash severity.

In a crash, both stageswill ignite simultaneously to providethe quickest and greatest protection.

In a crash, one stage willignite first, then the second stagewill ignite a split second later. Thisprovides longer airbag inflation timewith a little less force.

Your front airbags are also dual-threshold airbags. Airbags with thisfeature have two deploymentthresholds that depend on whetheror not the occupant is wearing a seatbelt.

If the occupant’s belt is ,the airbag will deploy at the samethreshold as a conventional airbag,because the occupant would needextra protection.

It the occupant’s belt is , theairbag will inflate at a slightly higherthreshold, when the airbag would beneeded to supplement the protectionprovided by the seat belt.

Your front airbags are also advancedairbags. The main purpose of thisfeature is to prevent airbag-causedinjuries to short drivers and childrenwho ride in front.

In addition, do not spill any liquids,cover the sensors, or put any cargoor metal objects under the frontseats. Ask second row passengers tonot put their feet under the frontseats. Any of these actions coulddamage the sensors or prevent themfrom working properly.

For the advanced airbags to workproperly, occupants must sit uprightand wear their seat belts properly. Ifa child seat is installed in the front, itmust be properly secured.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Dual-Stage Airbags

more severe

less severe

Dual-Threshold Airbags

not latched

latched

Advanced Airbags

27

Page 31: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If there is a problem with the seatposition sensor, the SRS indicatorwill come on in the instrument panel.In this case, the driver’s airbag willinflate in the normal manner duringa crash regardless of the driver’sseating position.

The driver’s advanced front airbagsystem includes a seat positionsensor under the seat. If the seat ispositioned too far forward, theairbag will inflate sequentially,regardless of the severity of theimpact.

The passenger’s advanced frontairbag system has weight sensorsunder the seat. If the sensors detecta total weight on the seat of about 65lbs (30 kg) or less, the system willautomatically turn the passenger’sfront airbag off.

When the airbag is turned off, anindicator in the center of thedashboard will come on indicating‘‘Passenger Airbag Off’’ (see page

).

If there is no passenger in the frontseat, the but theindicator .

To ensure that the passenger’sadvanced front airbag system willwork properly,

This includes:

A rear passenger pushing orpulling on the back of thepassenger’s seat.

Moving the front seat forciblyback against cargo on the seat orfloor behind it.

Hanging heavy items on the frontpassenger seat, or placing heavyitems in the seat-back pocket.

32

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

airbag will be offwill not come on

do not do anythingthat would increase or decrease theweight on the front passenger’s seat.

28

DRIVER’SSEATPOSITIONSENSOR

PASSENGER’SSEAT WEIGHTSENSOR

Page 32: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you ever have a moderate tosevere side impact, the sensors willdetect rapid deceleration and signalthe control unit to instantly inflateeither the driver’s or the passenger’sside airbag.

Only one airbag will deploy during aside impact. If the impact is on thepassenger’s side, the passenger’sside airbag will deploy even if thereis no passenger.

The passenger’s side airbag has acutoff system designed to turn offthe passenger’s side airbag if a child’shead is in the airbag’s deploymentpath (see page ).

A front seat passenger should notuse a cushion or other object as abackrest. It may prevent the cutoffsystem from working properly.

If a short adult leans sideways, or alarger adult slouches and leanssideways into the side airbagdeployment path, the system mayalso shut off the side airbag.

If the side airbag off indicator comeson, have the passenger sit upright.Once the passenger is out of thedeployment path of the side airbag,the system will turn the airbag backon and the indicator will go out.

To get the best protection from theside airbags, front seat occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

When you turn the ignition to ON(II), the indicator should come onbriefly and go out (see page ). If itdoesn’t come on, stays on, or comeson while driving without a passengerin the front seat, have the systemchecked.

31

61

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Side Airbags Work

29

Page 33: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The SRS indicator alertsyou to a potential problem

with your airbags or seat belttensioners (see page ).

When you turn the ignition to ON(II), this indicator will come onbriefly then go out. This tells you thesystem is working properly.

If you see any of these indications,the airbags and seat belt tensionersmay not work properly when youneed them.

If the indicator comes on at anyother time, or does not come on at all,you should have the system checkedby your dealer. For example:

If the indicator stays on after theengine starts.

If the indicator comes on orflashes on and off while you drive.

If the SRS indicator does not comeon after you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II).

22

How the SRS Indicator Works

Driver and Passenger Safety

Additional Information About Your Airbags

30

Ignoring the SRS indicator canresult in serious injury or deathif the airbag systems ortensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by adealer as soon as possible ifthe SRS indicator alerts you toa possible problem.

Page 34: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

A front seat passenger should notuse a cushion or other object as abackrest. It may prevent the cutoffsystem from working properly.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), the indicator should comeon briefly and go out (see page ).If it doesn’t light, stays on, or comeson while driving without a passengerin the front seat, have the systemchecked.

This indicator alerts youthat the passenger’s side

airbag has been automatically shutoff. It does mean there is aproblem with your side airbags.

To reduce the risk of injury from aninflating side airbag, your vehicle hasan automatic cutoff system for thepassenger’s side airbag.

Although Honda does not encouragechildren to ride in front, this systemis designed to shut off the sideairbag if a child leans sideways andthe child’s head is in the side airbagdeployment path.

61

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How the Side Airbag OffIndicator Works

not

31

Page 35: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator alerts you that thepassenger’s front airbag has beenshut off. It does not mean there is aproblem with the airbag.

To reduce the chance of airbag-caused injuries, the system shuts offthe passenger’s front airbag whenthe total weight on the frontpassenger’s seat is about 65 lbs(30 kg) or less.

If no one is riding in the frontpassenger’s seat, the airbag will beautomatically shut off, but theindicator will not come on.

However, if the indicator comes onwith no passenger in the front, orwith an adult in the seat, there maybe a problem with the advancedairbag system. Have the vehiclechecked by the dealer as soon aspossible.

The Passenger Airbag Off indicatormay also come on and off repeatedlyif total weight on the seat is near theairbag cutoff threshold (65 lbs or 30kg).

If this happens, have the passengerride properly restrained in a backseat. If the passenger must ride infront, move the seat as far to therear as possible, have the passengersit upright and wear the seat beltproperly.

This indicator may come on and offrepeatedly if objects are placed onthe front passenger’s seat, or if theinterior temperature of the vehiclechanges suddenly when a door isopened.

See page for more informationabout the passenger’s advancedfront airbag.

27

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How the Passenger Airbag OffIndicator Works

32

PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

Page 36: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your airbag systems are virtuallymaintenance-free, and there are noparts you can safely service.However, you must have yourvehicle serviced if:

Any airbagthat has deployed must bereplaced along with the controlunit and other related parts. If afront airbag inflates the seat belttensioners must also be replaced.Do not try to remove or replaceany airbag by yourself. This mustbe done by a Honda dealer or aknowledgeable body shop.

Take your vehicle to anauthorized Honda dealer as soonas possible. If you ignore thisindication, your airbags may notoperate properly.

your dealershould inspect the driver’s seatposition sensor and the frontpassenger’s weight sensors tomake sure they are operatingproperly.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbag Service

An airbag ever inflates.

The SRS indicator alerts you to aproblem.

If your vehicle has a moderate tosevere impact, and even if yourairbags do not inflate,

33

Page 37: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Together, airbags andseat belts provide the bestprotection.

Tampering could causethe airbags to deploy, possiblycausing very serious injury.

If water or another liquidsoaks into a seat-back, it canprevent the side airbag cutoffsystem from working properly.

This could make thedriver’s seat position sensor andthe front passenger’s weightsensors ineffective.

Improperlyreplacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your sideairbags from inflating during aside impact.

This could make the driver’s seatposition sensor and the frontpassenger’s weight sensorsineffective.

Pushing orpulling on the back of the seat,placing heavy items in the backseat pocket, pushing cargo againstthe seat, or hanging heavy itemson the seat back can interfere withthe proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced front airbag.

This could make thedriver’s seat position sensor or thefront passenger’s weight sensorsineffective. If it is necessary toremove or modify a front seat toaccommodate a person withdisabilities, first contact AmericanHonda at 800-999-1009.

Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not attempt to deactivate yourairbags.

Do not tamper with airbagcomponents or wiring for anyreason.

Do not expose the front seat-backsto liquid.

Do not place any items under thefront seats.

Do not cover or replace front seat-back covers without consulting aHonda dealer.

Do not modify the front seats.

Do not do anything that wouldincrease or decrease weight on thefront passenger’s seat.

Do not remove or modify a frontseat without consulting a Hondadealer.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety34

Page 38: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Each year, many children are injuredor killed in vehicle crashes becausethey are either unrestrained or notproperly restrained. In fact, vehicleaccidents are the number one causeof death of children ages 12 andunder.

To reduce the number of childdeaths and injuries, every state andCanadian province requires thatinfants and children be properlyrestrained when they ride in avehicle.

(see pages ).

(see pages ).

If you have children, or if you everneed to drive with a child in yourvehicle, be sure to read this section.It begins with important generalguidelines, then presents specialinformation for infants, smallchildren, and larger children.

Children depend on adults to protectthem. However, despite their bestintentions, many adults do not knowhow to properly protect childpassengers.

50 53

4940

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

All Children Must Be Restrained

Infants and small children must berestrained in an approved child seatthat is properly secured to thevehicle

Larger children must be restrainedwith a lap/shoulder belt and ride ona booster until the seat belt f its themproperly

35

Children who are unrestrainedor improperly restrained can beseriously injured or killed in acrash.

Any child too small for a seatbelt should be properlyrestrained in a child seat. Alarger child should be properlyrestrained with a seat belt anduse a booster if necessary.

Page 39: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Even if the passenger’s front airbagis turned off, we stronglyrecommend that children age 12 andunder ride properly restrained in aback seat where they will be safer.

Front airbags have been designed tohelp protect adults in a moderate tosevere frontal collision. To do thisthe passenger’s front airbag is quitelarge and it can inflate with enoughforce to cause very serious injuries.

To help prevent airbag-causedinjuries to children, this vehicle hasan advanced airbag system.

With this system, the frontpassenger’s airbag is turned off ifsensors detect a total weight of lessthan about 65 lbs (30 kg) in the seat.(See page for additionalinformation about how the frontpassenger’s advanced airbag works.)

According to accident statistics,children of all ages and sizes aresafer when they are restrained in aback seat. The National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration andTransport Canada recommend thatall children age 12 and under beproperly restrained in a back seat.

Children who ride in back are lesslikely to be injured by strikinginterior vehicle parts during acollision or hard braking. Also,children cannot be injured by aninflating airbag when they ride in theback. 27

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

The Passenger’s Front AirbagCan Pose Serious Risks

All Children Should Sit in a BackSeat

36

Page 40: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To remind you of the passenger’sfront airbag hazards, and thatchildren must be properly restrainedin a back seat, your vehicle haswarning labels on the dashboard andon the driver’s and front passenger’svisors. Please read and follow theinstructions on these labels.

To remind you of the front airbaghazards, your vehicle has warninglabels on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s visors. Please read andfollow the instructions on theselabels.

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

U.S. Models Canadian Models

37

Page 41: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle has two rows of backseats where children can be properlyrestrained. If you ever have to carrya group of children, and a child mustride in front:

Many parents say they prefer to putan infant or small child in the frontpassenger seat so they can watch thechild, or because the child requiresattention.

Placing a child in the front seatexposes the child to hazards in afrontal collision, and paying closeattention to a child distracts thedriver from the important tasks ofdriving, placing both of you at risk.

If a child requires close physicalattention or frequent visual contact,we strongly recommend that anotheradult ride with the child in a backseat. The back seat is far safer for achild than the front.

Place the largest child in the frontseat, provided the child is largeenough to wear the lap/shoulderbelt properly (see page ).

Move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible (see page ).

Have the child sit upright and wellback in the seat (see page ).

Make sure the seat belt is properlypositioned and secured (see page

).14

17

11

50

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

If You Must Drive with SeveralChildren

If a Child Requires CloseAttention

38

Page 42: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Lock all doors and the tailgatewhen your vehicle is not in use.Children who play in vehicles canaccidentally get trapped inside thevehicle. Teach your children not toplay in or around vehicles.

Keep vehicle keys and remotetransmitters out of the reach ofchildren. Even very youngchildren learn how to unlockvehicle doors, turn on the ignition,and open the tailgate, which canlead to accidental injury or death.

Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, thebelt could press deep into the childand cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use thesame seat belt. If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Use childproof door locks toprevent children from opening thedoors. This can prevent childrenfrom accidentally falling out.

Use the power sliding door mainswitch to prevent children fromoperating the sliding doors. Thiswill prevent unintended use of thedoors.

Do not leave children alone in avehicle. Leaving children withoutadult supervision is illegal in moststates and Canadian provinces,and can be very hazardous. Forexample, infants and smallchildren left in a vehicle on a hotday can die from heatstroke. Achild left alone with the key in theignition can accidentally set thevehicle in motion, possibly injuringthemselves or others.

Never hold an infant or child onyour lap. If you are not wearing aseat belt in crash, you could bethrown forward and crush thechild against the dashboard or aseat-back. If you are wearing aseat belt, the child can be tornfrom your arms and be seriouslyhurt or killed.

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

Additional Safety Precautions

39

Page 43: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Only a rear-facing child seat providesproper support for a baby’s head,neck, and back.

An infant must be properlyrestrained in a rear-facing, recliningchild seat until the child reaches theseat maker’s weight or height limitfor the seat and the child is at leastone year old.

Two types of seats may be used: aseat designed exclusively for infants,or a convertible seat used in the rear-facing, reclining mode.

If placedfacing forward, an infant could bevery seriously injured during afrontal collision.

We strongly recommend installing arear-facing child seat in a back seat.

In either of these situations, westrongly recommend that you installthe child seat in a different backseating position or get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

If an infant must ride in the front,make sure the ‘‘Passenger AirbagOff’’ indicator comes on and stays onwhile driving. If it goes off, the childcould be killed or seriously injured ifthe front airbag inflates.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent thedriver or a front passenger frommoving the seat as far back asrecommended, or from locking theseat-back in the desired position.

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Infants

Child Seat Type

Do not put a rear-facing child seat ina forward-facing position.

Child Seat Placement

40

Placing a rear-facing child seatin the front seat can result inserious injury or death during acollision.

Always place a rear-facing childseat in the back seat, not thefront.

Page 44: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

A child who is at least one year old,and who fits within the child seatmaker’s weight and height limits,should be restrained in a forward-facing, upright child seat.

Of the different seats available, werecommend those that have a five-point harness system as shown.

We also recommend that a smallchild uses the child seat as long aspossible, until the child reaches theweight or height limit for the seat.

Even with advanced airbags, whichcan automatically turn thepassenger’s front airbag off (seepage ), a back seat is the safestplace for an infant.

In any of these situations, westrongly recommend that you installthe child seat in a different backseating position or get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Or it could push against the front-passenger’s seat-back, interferingwith the proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced front airbag(see pages ).

32

2827

CONTINUED

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Small Children

Child Seat Type

41

Placing a forward-facing childseat in the front seat can resultin serious injury or death if thefront airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, movethe vehicle seat as far back aspossible, and properly restrainthe child.

Page 45: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

We strongly recommend placing aforward-facing child seat in a backseat, not the front. Even withadvanced airbags, which canautomatically turn the passenger’sfront airbag off (see page ), aback seat is the safest place for asmall child.

If it is necessary to put a forward-facing child seat in the front, movethe vehicle seat as far to the rear aspossible, be sure the child seat isfirmly secured to the vehicle, and thechild is properly strapped in the seat.

When buying a child seat, you needto choose between a conventionalchild seat, or one designed for usewith the Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH) system.

Conventional child seats must besecured to a vehicle with a seat belt,whereas LATCH-compatible seatsare secured by attaching the seat tohardware built into the two second-row seat.

Since LATCH-compatible child seatsare easier to install and reduce thepossibility of improper installation,we recommend selecting this style.

We also recommend selecting aLATCH-compatible seat with a rigid,rather than a flexible, anchor (seepage ).

In seating positions and vehicles notequipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installedusing a seat belt.

32

44

Driver and Passenger Safety

Child Seat Placement Selecting a Child Seat

Protecting Infants and Small Children, Selecting a Child Seat

42

Page 46: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Whatever type of seat you choose, toprovide proper protection, a childseat should meet threerequirements:

Look for FMVSS213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.

Rear-facing for infants, forward-facing for small children.

Before purchasing a conventionalchild seat, or using a previouslypurchased one, we recommend thatyou test the seat in the specificvehicle seating position, or positions,where the seat will be used.

After selecting a proper child seat,and a good place to install the seat,there are three main steps ininstalling the seat:

All child seats must besecured to the vehicle with the lappart of a lap/shoulder belt or withthe LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for Children) system. Achild whose seat is not properlysecured to the vehicle can beendangered in a crash.

After installing a childseat, push and pull the seatforward and from side to side toverify that it is secure.

A child seat secured with a seat beltshould be installed as firmly aspossible. However, it does not needto be ‘‘rock solid’’. Some side-to-side

movement can be expected andshould not reduce the child seat’seffectiveness.

If the child seat is not secure, tryinstalling it in a different seatingposition, or use a different style ofchild seat that can be firmly secured.

The following pages provideguidelines on how to properly installa child seat. A forward-facing childseat is used in all examples, but theinstructions are the same for a rear-facing child seat.

Make sure the child is properlystrapped in the child seataccording to the child seat maker’sinstructions. A child who is notproperly secured in a child seatcan be seriously injured in a crash.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Selecting a Child Seat, Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

The child seat should meet U.S. orCanadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

The child seat should be of theproper type and size to fit the child.

The child seat should fit thevehicle seating position (orpositions) where it will be used.

Properly secure the child seat tothe vehicle.

Make sure the child seat is firmlysecured.

Secure the child in the child seat.

Installing a Child Seat

43

Page 47: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Move the seat belt buckle ortongue away from the loweranchors.

Make sure there are no objectsnear the anchors that couldprevent a secure connectionbetween the child seat andanchors.

Place the child seat on the vehicleseat, and attach the seat to thelower anchors according to thechild seat maker’s instructions.

Some LATCH-compatible seatshave a rigid-type connection asshown above.

Your vehicle is equipped withLATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for Children) in the twosecond row seats. The lower anchorsare located between the seat-backand seat bottom, and are to be usedonly with a child seat designed foruse with LATCH.

To install a LATCH-compatible childseat:

Small marks are positioned toindicate the locations of each anchorpoint. 1.

2.

3.

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat

Installing a Child Seat UsingLATCH

44

RIGID TYPELOWERANCHORS

LOWER ANCHOR MARKS

Page 48: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Other LATCH-compatible seats havea flexible-type connection as shownabove.

Whatever type you have, followthe child seat maker’s instructionsfor adjusting or tightening the fit.

Route the tether strap through thelegs of the head restraint, thenattach the hook to the anchoragepoint on the underside of the seatcushion as shown.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure.

Make sure the strap is not twisted,then tighten the strap according tothe child seat maker’s instructions.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat

45

FLEXIBLE TYPE

Page 49: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When not using the LATCH system,all child seats must be secured to thevehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

In addition, the lap/shoulder belts inthe second row seats, the outer seatsin the third row, and the frontpassenger seat have a lockingmechanism that must be activated tosecure a child seat.

With the child seat in the desiredseating position, route the beltthrough the child seat accordingto the seat maker’s instructions,then insert the latch plate into thebuckle.

To activate the lockable retractor,slowly pull the shoulder part of thebelt all the way out until it stops,then let the belt feed back into theretractor.

After the belt has retracted, tug onit. If the belt is locked, you will notbe able to pull it out. If you can pullthe belt out, it is not locked andyou will need to repeat these steps.

1. 2.

3.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Belt

46

Page 50: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To remove slack, it may help to putweight on the child seat, or push onthe back of the seat while pulling upon the belt.

Follow instruction number 5beginning on page .

Route the lap belt through thechild seat according to the seatmaker’s instructions, then insertthe latch plate into the buckle. Pullhard on the loose end of the belt toremove any slack.

After confirming that the belt islocked, grab the shoulder part of thebelt near the buckle and pull up toremove any slack from the lap partof the belt. Remember, if the lap partof the belt is not tight, the child seatwill not be secure.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is firmly secured. Ifthe child seat is not secure,unlatch the belt, allow it to retractfully, then repeat these steps.

To deactivate the lockingmechanism and remove a child seat,unlatch the buckle, unroute the seatbelt, and let the belt fully retract.

5.

46

1.

2

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat in the CenterPosition of the Third Row

47

Page 51: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

A child seat with a tether can beinstalled in any seating position inthe second or third row.

Since a tether can provide additionalsecurity to the lap/shoulder beltinstallation, we recommend using atether whenever one is required oravailable. (Tethers are required inCanada.)

Each second row bucket seat has atether anchorage point on theunderside of the seat cushion.

After securing the child seat in thedesired position (see page ),route the tether strap over the topof the seat-back and between thehead restraint legs.

1.46

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat with aTether

Second Row Installation

48

TETHER ANCHORAGE POINT

Page 52: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Attach the tether strap hook to theanchor as shown above, thentighten the strap according to thechild seat maker’s instructions.Make sure the strap is not twisted.

Follow steps 1 and 2 of the secondrow seat installation.

There are three anchorage points onthe tailgate sill. The tether hardwareis installed on the center anchoragepoint.

If you want to use either of theoutside anchorage points shownabove, remove the tetherhardware from the centeranchorage point on the tailgate sill.

With a flat tipped screwdriver,remove the plug from theanchorage point you intend to use,then install the tether hardware.

Make sure the toothed washer is onthe bottom of the bolt. Tighten thebolt to:

To attach the tether to the childseat, follow the child seat maker’sinstructions.

If you did not use a torque wrench,or you are not sure how to install thetether or the hardware, contact yourHonda dealer for assistance.

2.

2.

1.

3.

4.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Third Row Installation

49

16 lbf·ft (22 N·m , 2.2 kgf·m)

Page 53: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When a child reaches therecommended weight or height limitfor a forward-facing child seat, thechild should sit in a back seat on abooster and wear a lap/shoulder belt.

The following pages giveinstructions on how to check properseat belt fit, what kind of boosterseat to use if one is needed, andimportant precautions for a childwho must sit in front.

To determine if a lap/shoulder beltproperly fits a child, have the childput on the seat belt, then askyourself:

Does the child sit all the way backagainst the seat?

Do the child’s knees bendcomfortably over the edge of theseat?

Does the shoulder belt crossbetween the child’s neck and arm?

Is the lap part of the belt as low aspossible, touching the child’sthighs?

Will the child be able to stayseated like this for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all thesequestions, the child is ready to wearthe lap/shoulder belt correctly. Ifyou answer no to any question, thechild needs to ride on a booster seat.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Checking Seat Belt Fit

50

Allowing a large child age 12 orunder to sit in front can result ininjury or death if the passenger’sfront airbag inflates.

If a large child must ride in front,move the vehicle seat as farback as possible, use a boosterseat if needed, have the childsit up properly and wear theseat belt properly.

Page 54: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

A child who has outgrown a forward-facing child seat should ride in aback seat and use a booster seatuntil the lap/shoulder belt fits themproperly without the booster.

Some states also require children touse a booster until they reach agiven age or weight (e.g., 6 years or60 lbs). Be sure to check currentlaws in the state or states where youintend to drive.

Booster seats can be high-back orlow-back. Whichever style you select,make sure the booster meets federalsafety standards (see page ) andthat you follow the booster seatmaker’s instructions.

If a child who uses a booster mustride in front, move the vehicle seatas far to the rear as possible, and besure the child is wearing the seatbelt properly.

A child may continue using a boosterseat until the tops of their ears areeven with the top of the vehicle’s orbooster’s seat-back. A child of thisheight should be tall enough to usethe lap/shoulder belt without abooster.

We strongly recommend that a childwho used a booster ride in a backseat, not the front. Even if thepassenger’s front airbag is off, aback seat is the safest place for thechild.

Even then, the child may still need touse a booster seat. Note that somestates now require children to useboosters until they reach a certainage and/or weight. Be sure to checkcurrent laws in the state or stateswhere you intend to drive.

35

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using a Booster Seat

51

Page 55: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that all childrenage 12 and under be properlyrestrained in a back seat.

Even with advanced front airbag, theback seat is the safest place for achild of any age or size.

If the passenger’s front airbag is on,and it inflates in a moderate tosevere frontal collision, the airbagcan cause serious injuries to a childwho is unrestrained, improperlyrestrained, sitting too close to theairbag, or out of position.

The side airbag also poses risks. Ifany part of a larger child’s body is inthe path of a deploying side airbag,the child could receive possiblyserious injuries.

Of course, children vary widely. Andwhile age may be one indicator ofwhen a child can safely ride in thefront. There are other importantfactors you should consider.

To safely ride in front, a child mustbe able to follow the rules, includingsitting properly, and wearing the seatbelt properly throughout a ride.

Physically, a child must be largeenough for the lap/shoulder belt toproperly fit (see pages and ). Ifthe seat belt does not fit properly,with or without the child sitting on abooster, the child should not sit inthe front.

If you decide that a child can safelyride up front, be sure to:

Carefully read the owner’s manualand make sure you understand allseat belt instructions and all safetyinformation.

Move the vehicle seat to the rear-most position.

Have the child sit up straight, backagainst the seat, and feet on ornear the floor.

Check that the child’s seat belt isproperly and securely positioned.

Supervise the child. Even maturechildren sometimes need to bereminded to fasten the seat beltsor sit properly.

5014

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

When Can a Larger Child Sit inFront

Maturity

Physical Size

52

Page 56: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This could result inserious neck injuries during a crash.

This could causevery serious injuries during a crash.It also increases the chance that thechild will slide under the belt in acrash and be injured.

If they do, they couldbe very seriously injured in a crash.

Devices intended to improve achild’s comfort or reposition theshoulder part of a seat belt can makethe belt less effective, and increasethe chance of serious injury in acrash.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not let a child wear a seat beltacross the neck.

Do not let a child put the shoulderpart of a seat belt behind the back orunder the arm.

Two children should never use thesame seat belt.

Do not put any accessories on a seatbelt.

53

Page 57: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle’s exhaust containscarbon monoxide gas. You shouldhave no problem with carbonmonoxide entering the vehicle innormal driving if you maintain yourvehicle properly.Have the exhaust system inspectedfor leaks whenever:

The vehicle is raised for an oilchange.You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust.The vehicle was in an accidentthat may have damaged the under-side.

High levels of carbon monoxide cancollect rapidly in enclosed areas,such as a garage. Do not run theengine with the garage door closed.Even with the door open, run theengine only long enough to move thevehicle out of the garage.

With the tailgate open, air flow canpull exhaust gas into your vehicle’sinterior and create a hazardouscondition. If you must drive with thetailgate open, open all the windowsand set the heating and coolingsystem/climate control system asshown below.

If you must sit in your parked vehicle,even in an unconfined area, with theengine running, adjust the heatingand cooling system/climate controlsystem as follows:

Select the Fresh Air mode.Select the mode.Turn the fan on high speed.Set the temperature control to acomfortable setting.

1.2.3.4.

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Driver and Passenger Safety54

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.Breathing it can causeunconsciousness and even killyou.

Avoid any enclosed areas oractivities that expose you tocarbon monoxide.

Page 58: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

These labels are in the locationsshown. They warn you of potentialhazards that could cause seriousinjury. Read these labels carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hardto read (except for the U.S.dashboard label which is removed bythe owner), contact your Hondadealer for a replacement.

U.S. models only

U.S. models

Canadian models

Safety Labels

Driver and Passenger Safety 55

RADIATOR CAP

SUN VISOR

HOOD

DASHBOARD

Page 59: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

56

Page 60: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This section gives information aboutthe controls and displays thatcontribute to the daily operation ofyour Honda. All the essentialcontrols are within easy reach.

...........................Control Locations . 58............................Instrument Panel . 59

..........Instrument Panel Indicators . 60..Maintenance Required Indicator . 65

.............................................Gauges . 66Controls Near the Steering

...........................................Wheel . 68.Windshield Wipers and Washers . 69

......................................Turn Signal . 71........................................Headlights . 71

........Instrument Panel Brightness . 72..............................Hazard Warning . 73

.................Rear Window Defogger . 73..........Steering Wheel Adjustment . 74

...............................Keys and Locks . 75........................Immobilizer System . 76

................................Ignition Switch . 77......................................Door Locks . 78

......................Power Door Locks . 78..............Childproof Door Locks . 79

........................................Tailgate . 79.......................Remote Transmitter . 81

...................................Sliding Doors . 84.................................................Seats . 88

....................................Seat Heaters . 98..............................Power Windows . 99

...........................................Mirrors . 102...............................Parking Brake . 103

.........Interior Convenience Items . 104..........................................Clock . 105

.............................Center Table . 105.....................Beverage Holders . 106....................Sunglasses Holder . 107

...................................Sun Visor . 108............................Vanity Mirror . 108

...................Rear Compartment . 108..................................Glove Box . 109

........Accessory Power Sockets . 109...........................Center Pocket . 110

...............................Coin Holder . 110

...............................Storage Box . 111..................................Coat Hook . 111

...............................Interior Lights . 112

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and Controls 57

Page 61: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Control Locations

Instruments and Controls58

HEATING/COOLING CONTROLSCLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

HOOD RELEASE HANDLEFUEL FILL DOOR RELEASE

AUDIO SYSTEM/REAR ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

SEAT HEATERSWITCH

POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH(P.78)

(P.99)

(P.98)

(P.169) (P.170)

POWER SLIDINGDOOR SWITCHES(P.85) (P.102)

(P.60)GAUGES(P.66)

(P.105)CLOCK (P.116)

(P.121)

REAR A/C UNITCONTROL(P.123)

(P.126, 145)

MIRRORCONTROLS

INSTRUMENTPANELINDICATORS

Page 62: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

* The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.

Instrument Panel

Instruments and Controls 59

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMINDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM INDICATOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKESYSTEM INDICATOR

LOW FUELINDICATOR

DOOR AND BRAKE LAMP MONITOR

POWER SLIDINGDOOR INDICATOR

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

MAINTENANCE REQUIREDINDICATOR

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM INDICATOR

(P.62)

(P.62)

(P.65)

(P.64)

(P.64)

(P.61)

(P.61)

(P.60, 252)

(P.60, 252)

(P.253) (P.159)

(P.62)

(P.63)

SIDE AIRBAGOFFINDICATOR(P.61)

(P.64)

(P.60)

SEAT BELT REMINDERINDICATOR (P.60)

Page 63: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The instrument panel has manyindicators to give you importantinformation about your vehicle.

See page .

The engine can be severely damagedif this indicator flashes or stays onwhen the engine is running. Formore information, see page .

If this indicator comes on when theengine is running, the battery is notbeing charged. For more information,see page .

This indicator has two functions:

If it remains lit after you fullyrelease the parking brake whilethe engine is running, or if itcomes on while driving, therecould be a problem with the brakesystem. For more information, seepage .

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II). Itreminds you and your passengers tofasten your seat belts. A beeper alsosounds if you have not fastened yourseat belt.

If you do not fasten your seat belt,the beeper will stop after a fewseconds but the indicator stays onuntil you do. Both the indicator andthe beeper stay off if you fasten yourseat belt before turning on theignition.

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II).It is a reminder to check theparking brake. Driving with theparking brake not fully releasedcan damage the brakes and tires.

253

252

252 254

Instruments and Controls

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

Low Oil PressureIndicator

Charging SystemIndicator

Parking Brake and Brake SystemIndicator

Seat Belt ReminderIndicator

Instrument Panel Indicators

60

U.S. Canada

Page 64: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II). Ifit comes on at any other time, itindicates a potential problem withyour front airbags or automatic seatbelt tensioners. This indicator willalso alert you to a potential problemwith your side airbags, passenger’sside airbag automatic cutoff system,driver’s seat position sensor, or frontpassenger’s weight sensors. Formore information, see page .

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II). Ifit comes on at any other time, itindicates that the passenger’s sideairbag has automatically shut off.For more information, see page .

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II), and whenthe ignition switch is turned toSTART (III). If it comes on at anyother time, there is a problem in theABS. If this happens, have yourvehicle checked by your Hondadealer. With this indicator on, yourvehicle still has normal brakingability but no anti-lock. For moreinformation, see page .

30

31

190

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Supplemental RestraintSystem Indicator

Side Airbag Off Indicator

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)Indicator

61

CanadaU.S.

Page 65: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator has three functions:

It comes on as a reminder that youhave turned off the TractionControl System.

It flashes when the TCS isregulating wheelspin.

If it comes on and stays on whenthe Traction Control System is on,it indicates that there is a problemin the TCS.

This indicator also comes on whenyou turn the ignition to ON (II) andgoes off after the engine starts. Seepage for more information onthe TCS.

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II). It will then go offif you have inserted a properly-codedignition key. If it is not a properly-coded key, the indicator will blinkand the engine will not start (seepage ).

This indicator also blinks severaltimes when you turn the ignitionswitch from ON (II) to ACCESSORY(I) or LOCK (0).

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II). If it comes on atany other time, there is a problem inthe power sliding door system. Withthis indicator on, move the mainswitch on the dashboard to the OFFposition, and have the systemchecked by your Honda dealer assoon as possible. You can still openor close each sliding door manually.For more information on the powersliding doors, see page .

1.

2.

3.

192

76

84

EX and EX-L models only

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System(TCS) Indicator

Immobilizer SystemIndicator

Power Sliding DoorIndicator

62

Page 66: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The appropriate light comes on inthis display if the tailgate or any dooris not closed tightly. If a brake lightdoes not work, theindicator comes on when you pushthe brake pedal with the ignitionswitch to ON (II).

A burned out brake light is a hazardwhen drivers behind you cannot tellyou are braking. Have your brakelights repaired right away.

All the indicators in the monitordisplay come on when you turn theignition switch to ON (II). Theindicators go off after the enginestarts and the tailgate and all doorsare closed tightly.

The left or right turn signal indicatorblinks when you signal a lane changeor turn. If the indicators do not blinkor blink rapidly, it usually means oneof the turn signal bulbs is burned out(see page ). Replace the bulb assoon as possible, since other driverscannot see that you are signaling.

When you turn on the HazardWarning switch, both turn signallights blink. All turn signals on theoutside of the vehicle should flash.

222

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Door and Brake Lamp Monitor Turn Signal andHazard WarningIndicators

63

BRAKE LAMP

Page 67: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator comes on as areminder that you must refuel soon.

This indicator comes on with thehigh beam headlights. See page

for information on the headlightcontrols.

On Canadian models, this indicatorcomes on with reduced brightnesswhen the Daytime Running Lights(DRL) are on (see page ).

This indicator comes on when youset the cruise control. See page

for information on operating thecruise control.

This indicator comes on when thewasher fluid level is low. Add washerfluid when you see this indicatorcome on (see page ).

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II)with the headlight switch off and theparking brake set. It should go off ifyou turn on the headlights or releasethe parking brake. If it comes on atany other time, it means there is aproblem with the DRL. There mayalso be a problem with the highbeam headlights.

71

72

160

216Canadian models only

Canadian models only

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Indicator High Beam Indicator

‘‘Daytime RunningLights’’ Indicator

Cruise Control Indicator

Washer Level Indicator

64

LOW FUELINDICATOR

Page 68: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator reminds you that it istime to take your vehicle in forscheduled maintenance.Refer to the Maintenance Schedulesfor Normal and Severe DrivingConditions on pages and .

Between 6,000 miles (9,600 km) and7,500 miles (12,000 km), it will lightfor 2 seconds when you first turn theignition switch to ON (II), and thenflash for 10 seconds.

If you exceed 7,500 miles (12,000km) without having the scheduledmaintenance performed, thisindicator will remain on as a constantreminder.

Your dealer will reset this indicatorafter completing the scheduledmaintenance. If this maintenance isdone by someone other than yourHonda dealer, reset the indicator asfollows.

Turn off the engine.Hold the button for about 10seconds until the indicator goesoff.

For the first 6,000 miles (9,600 km)after the Maintenance RequiredIndicator is reset, it will come on for2 seconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II). Press and hold the Select/Reset

button in the instrument panel,then turn the ignition switch toON (II).

1.

2.

3.

205 206

Maintenance Required Indicator

Instruments and Controls

Maintenance RequiredIndicator

65

SELECT/RESET BUTTON

Page 69: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This shows how much fuel you have.It may show slightly more or lessthan the actual amount. The needlereturns to the bottom after you turnoff the ignition.

This shows the total distance yourvehicle has been driven. It measuresmiles in U.S. models and kilometersin Canadian models.It is illegal under U.S. federal law andCanadian provincial regulations todisconnect, reset, or alter theodometer with the intent to changethe number of miles or kilometersindicated.

Gauges

Instruments and Controls

Odometer

Fuel Gauge

66

NOTICE:

TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER TEMPERATUREGAUGE

TRIP METER

FUEL GAUGE

TRIP METER SELECT/RESET BUTTONMAINTENANCEREQUIRED INDICATOR

ODOMETER

Avoid driving with anextremely low f uel level. Running outof f uel could cause the engine tomisf ire, damaging the catalyticconverter.

Page 70: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The trip meter shows the number ofmiles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)driven since you last reset it.

There are two trip meters: Trip Aand Trip B. Switch between thesedisplays by pressing the Select/Reset button repeatedly. Each tripmeter works independently, so youcan keep track of two differentdistances.

To reset a trip meter, display it, andthen press and hold the Select/Resetbutton until the number resets to‘‘0.0’’.

This shows the temperature of theengine’s coolant. During normaloperation, the pointer should rise toabout the middle of the gauge. Insevere driving conditions, the pointermay rise to near the upper whitemark. If it reaches the red (Hot)mark, pull safely to the side of theroad. Turn to page forinstructions and precautions onchecking the engine’s coolingsystem.

250

Gauges

Instruments and Controls

Trip Meter Temperature Gauge

67

Page 71: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To use the horn, press the pad around the ‘‘H’’ logo.

Controls Near the Steering Wheel

Instruments and Controls68

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

LIGHT CONTROLSWITCH

HORN

TILTADJUSTMENT

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

CRUISECONTROL

WINDSHIELDWIPERS/WASHERS

POWER SLIDING DOOR(EX and EX-L models)

MIRROR CONTROL

SHIFT LEVER

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF INDICATOR

Page 72: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Turn the rotary switch at the end ofthe lever or push down or pull thelever to select a position.

: The wipers run at high speed.

OFFINT : Intermittent

: Low speed: High speed

MISTWindshield Washers

The wipers are not activated.

The wipers run at high speeduntil you release the lever.

The length of the wiperinterval is variedautomatically according to thevehicle’s speed.

Vary the delay by turning theINT TIME ring. If you turn itto the shortest delay, thewipers will change to lowspeed operation when thevehicle speed exceeds 12 mph(20 km/h).

: Pull the wipercontrol lever toward you andhold it. The washers sprayuntil you release the lever.The wipers run at low speed,then complete one moresweep after you release thelever.

: The wipers run at low speed.

1.2.3.4.5.6.

Windshield Wipers and Washers

Instruments and Controls

OFF:

MIST:

INT:

Windshield Washer

69

Page 73: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The rear window wiper switch islocated next to the windshield wiperswitch.

To activate the rear windshield wiper,turn the switch ‘‘ON’’. If you turn theswitch ‘‘ON’’, the rear windshieldwiper swings twice and then willsweep the glass approximately every7 seconds. If you want to use thewiper and washer, turn and hold theswitch one position up from ‘‘ON’’.

The rear window washer uses thesame fluid reservoir as the wind-shield washer.

Windshield Wipers and Washers

Instruments and Controls

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

70

Page 74: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -

Push down on theleft lever to signal a left turn and upto signal a right turn. To signal a lanechange, push lightly on the lever andhold it. The lever will return tocenter when you release it orcomplete a turn.

To turn on, pull thelever back until you hear a click. Theblue high beam indicator will light(see page ). Push it forward toreturn to low beams.

To flash the high beams, pull thelever back lightly, then release it.The high beams will stay on as longas you hold the lever back.

Turn signalOffParking and indicator lightsHeadlights onHigh beamsFlash high beams

Rotating theswitch on the left lever to the‘‘ ’’ position turns on the parkinglights, taillights, instrument panellights, side-marker lights, and rearlicense plate lights. Turning theswitch to the ‘‘ ’’ position turnson the headlights. If you leave thelights on with the ignition switch inACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0), youwill hear a reminder chime when youopen the driver’s door.

1.2.3.4.5.6.

64

Turn Signal, Headlights

Instruments and Controls

Turn Signal and Headlights Turn Signal High Beams

Headlights On

71

Page 75: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The lights will turn on again whenyou unlock or open the driver’s door.If you unlock the door, but do notopen it within 15 seconds, the lightswill go off. With the driver’s dooropen, you will hear a lights-onreminder chime.

With the headlight switch off, thehigh beam headlights and the highbeam indicator come on withreduced brightness when you turnthe ignition switch to ON (II) andrelease the parking brake. Theyremain on until you turn the ignitionoff, even if you set the parking brake.

The headlights revert to normaloperation when you turn them onwith the switch.

The knob on the instrument panelcontrols the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights. Turn the knob toadjust the brightness.

This feature activates if you leavethe headlight switch in the ‘‘ ’’or ‘‘ ’’ position, remove the key,then open and close the driver’s door.If you remove the key from theignition switch with the headlightswitch on, but do not open the doorand get out, the lights will turn offafter 10 minutes.

This turns off the headlights,parking lights, taillights, side markerlights, license plate lights, andinstrument panel lights within 15seconds of removing the key fromthe ignition switch and closing thedriver’s door.

On EX and EX-L models

Headlights, Instrument Panel Brightness

Instruments and Controls

Automatic Lighting Off Feature

Daytime Running Lights(Canadian Models)

Instrument Panel Brightness

72

INSTRUMENT PANELBRIGHTNESS CONTROL KNOB

Page 76: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Push the button to the left of theclock to turn on the hazard warninglights (four-way flashers). Thiscauses all four outside turn signalsand both indicators in the instrumentpanel to flash. Use the hazardwarning lights if you need to park ina dangerous area near heavy traffic,or if your vehicle is disabled.

The rear window defogger will clearfog, frost, and thin ice from thewindow. Push the defogger button toturn it on and off. The indicatorabove the button lights to show thedefogger is on. If you do not turn itoff, the defogger will shut itself offafter about 15 minutes. It also shutsoff when you turn off the ignition.You have to turn it on again whenyou restart the vehicle.

Make sure the rear window is clearand you have good visibility beforestarting to drive.

Instruments and Controls

Hazard Warning Rear Window Defogger

Hazard Warning, Rear Window Defogger

73

EX and EX-L models Vehicles with Navigaition System

Page 77: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The defogger wires on the inside ofthe rear window can be accidentallydamaged. When cleaning the glass,always wipe side-to-side.

Make any steering wheel adjustmentbefore you start driving.

Push the lever under the steeringcolumn all the way down.

Push the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in position.

Make sure you have securelylocked the steering wheel in placeby trying to move it up and down.

Move the steering wheel so itpoints toward your chest, nottoward your face. Make sure youcan see the instrument panelgauges and indicators.

3.

4.

1.

2.

See page for important safetyinformation about how to properlyposition the steering wheel.

17

Rear Window Defogger, Steering Wheel Adjustment

Instruments and Controls

Steering Wheel Adjustment

74

LX model

Adjusting the steering wheelposition while driving maycause you to lose control of thevehicle and be seriously injuredin a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel onlywhen the vehicle is stopped.

Page 78: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The master key fits all the locks onyour vehicle. The valet key worksonly in the ignition, the door locks,and the tailgate. You can keep theglove box locked when you leaveyour vehicle and the valet key at aparking facility.

You should have received a keynumber tag with your keys. You willneed this key number if you everhave to get a lost key replaced. Useonly Honda-approved key blanks.

These keys contain electroniccircuits that are activated by theImmobilizer System. They will notwork to start the engine if thecircuits are damaged.

Protect the keys from directsunlight, high temperature, andhigh humidity.

Do not drop the keys or set heavyobjects on them.

Keep the keys away from liquids.If they get wet, dry themimmediately with a soft cloth.

The keys do not contain batteries.Do not try to take them apart.

Keys and Locks

Instruments and Controls 75

MASTERKEYS(BLACK)

VALET KEY(GRAY)

KEYNUMBERTAG

Page 79: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The Immobilizer System protectsyour vehicle from theft. If animproperly-coded key (or otherdevice) is used, the engine’s fuelsystem is disabled.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), the Immobilizer Systemindicator should come on for a fewseconds, then go out. If the indicatorstarts to blink, it means the systemdoes not recognize the coding of thekey. Turn the ignition switch toLOCK (0), remove the key, reinsertit, and turn the switch to ON (II)again.

The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e. keyfob) is near the ignition switch whenyou insert the key.

If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of your key,contact your Honda dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle undriveable.

If you have lost your key and youcannot start the engine, contact aHonda dealer.

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Immobilizer System

Instruments and Controls76

Page 80: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

--

Use this positiononly to start the engine. The switchreturns to ON (II) when you let go ofthe key.

You will hear a reminder beeper ifyou leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the LOCK (0) orACCESSORY (I) position and openthe driver’s door. Remove the key toturn off the beeper.

The shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

The ignition switch has fourpositions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY(I), ON (II), and START (III).

You can insert orremove the key only in this position.To turn the key, the shift lever mustbe in Park, and you must push thekey in slightly.

If the front wheels are turned, theanti-theft lock may make it difficultto turn the key. Firmly turn thesteering wheel to the left or right asyou turn the key.

You canoperate the audio system and theaccessory power sockets in thisposition.

This is the normal keyposition when driving. Several of theindicators on the instrument panelcome on as a test when you turn theignition switch from ACCESSORY(I) to ON (II).

Ignition Switch

Instruments and Controls

START (III)LOCK (0)

ACCESSORY (I)

ON (II)

77

Page 81: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To lock all of the doors and thetailgate, press the master door lockswitch on either front door, press thelock tab down on the driver’s door,or use the key on the outside lock.

Pressing up on either master doorlock switch will unlock all of thedoors and the tailgate.

The lock tab on the front passenger’sdoor locks and unlocks only thatdoor. Pulling up on the driver’s doorlock tab only unlocks the driver’sdoor.

To unlock the driver’s door from theoutside, turn the key and release it.If you turn and hold it, all doors andthe tailgate unlock. All four doorsand the tailgate unlock when you usethe key in the passenger’s door.

With the driver’s door open and thekey in the ignition, both master doorlock switches are disabled. They arenot disabled if the driver’s door isclosed. Pushing the switch down onthe open passenger’s door will lockall doors and the tailgate.

Door Locks

Power Door Locks Lockout Prevention

Instruments and Controls78

LOCK TABMASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Page 82: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The childproof door locks aredesigned to prevent children seatedin the rear from accidentally openingthe rear sliding doors. Each door hasa lock lever near the edge. With thelever in the LOCK position, the doorcannot be opened from the insideregardless of the position of the lockknob. To open the door, slide thelock knob forward, and use theoutside door handle.

With the childproof door locks on,automatic operation with the insidedoor handle is disabled.

Use your key to lock and unlock thetailgate.

You can also lock and unlock thetailgate with the remote transmitter(see page ).81

CONTINUED

On EX and EX-L models

On EX and EX-L models

Door Locks

Instruments and Controls

Childproof Door Locks Tailgate

79

Unlock

LOCKLEVER

Lock

Page 83: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The tailgate also has a lock tab onthe inside.To lock the tailgate without the keyor the remote transmitter, push thelock tab down and close the tailgate.

Keep the tailgate closed at all timeswhile driving to avoid damaging thetailgate and to prevent exhaust gasfrom getting into the interior. See

on page.

To open the tailgate, pull the handle,then lift up. To close the tailgate, usethe inner handle to pull it down, thenpress down on the back edge.

54

Door Locks

Instruments and Controls

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

80

HANDLE

LOCKTAB

Page 84: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -

Press this button to lockall doors and the tailgate. Someexterior and interior lights will flash.This button does not work if anydoor or the tailgate is not fully closedor key is in the ignition switch.

Press this button onceto unlock the driver’s door. Push ittwice to unlock the other doors andthe tailgate. Some exterior andinterior lights will flash twice whenyou push the button the first time. Ifyou do not open any door or thetailgate within 30 seconds, they willautomatically relock.

When you press the UNLOCKbutton, the front and rear individualmap lights and the cargo area light,depending on their switch positions,will come on (see page ). If youdo not open any door or the tailgate,the lights stay on for about 10seconds, then go out. If you relockthe doors and the tailgate with theremote transmitter before 10seconds have elapsed, the lights willgo off immediately.

Press this button forabout 1 second to attract attention;the horn will sound and the exteriorlights will flash for about 30 seconds.To cancel panic mode, press anyother button on the remotetransmitter or turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II).

113

CONTINUED

On EX and EX-L models

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls

LOCK

UNLOCK PANIC

81

LED

UNLOCKBUTTON

LOCKBUTTON

PANICBUTTON

Page 85: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You can open or close each rearsliding door with the remotetransmitter. The right buttoncontrols the passenger’s side doorand the left button controls thedriver’s side door.

If the power sliding door MAINswitch on the dashboard is in theOFF position, you cannot open orclose the sliding doors with theremote transmitter.

Avoid dropping or throwing thetransmitter.

Protect the transmitter fromextreme temperatures.

Do not immerse the transmitter inany liquid.

If you lose a transmitter, thereplacement needs to bereprogrammed by a Honda dealer.

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls

Opening or Closing the Power SlidingDoors

Remote Transmitter Care

82

DRIVER’SSIDESLIDINGDOORBUTTON

LED

PASSENGER’SSIDESLIDINGDOORBUTTON POWER SLIDING DOOR MAIN SWITCH

Page 86: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▽◎

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doorsand the tailgate, replace the batteryas soon as possible.

To replace the battery, move theround cover on the back of thetransmitter by turning itcounterclockwise with a coin. Inserta new battery with the side facingup. Reinstall the cushion ring. Alignthe mark on the cover withthe mark on the transmitter.Set the cover in place and turn itclockwise.

Battery type: CR2025

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls

Replacing the Transmitter Battery

83

Open

Close

ROUNDCOVER

CUSHIONRING

BATTERY

Page 87: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To open, pull the inside or outsidedoor handle, and slide the door back.It will latch in the fully open position.When opening from the inside, thechildproof door lock must beunlocked.

To close, pull either handle, and slidethe door closed. Make sure the dooris closed and latched securely beforedriving, and all passengers are clearof the sliding doors before closingthem.

The doors on EX and EX-L modelsare electrically powered and can beoperated with the remote transmitter,the door handles, or the dashboardswitches. To operate the doors:

The shift lever must be in Park.

The MAIN switch must be in theON position.

The doors must be unlocked.

If you shift out of Park while a dooris closing, you will hear a beep untilthe door closes. Make sure bothdoor are closed before you startdriving.

If you shift out of Park while a dooris opening, you will hear acontinuous tone and the door willstop moving. If you keep driving, thetone will continue until you stop andclose the door.

To open and close the power doors,pull and release the inside or outsidedoor handles. They will closeautomatically.

Each power sliding door has an auto-reverse feature. If a door meetsresistance while closing, it will beepthree times and reverse direction.However, the door may not reverseimmediately and may cause somebruising or discomfort. Always makesure passengers and objects areclear of the doors before closingthem.

Also check that passengers,especially children, do not have theirhands on the edge of the sliding dooror on the door pillar. The auto-reverse motor stops working whenthe door is about to latch so themotor can pull the door shut.

LX models

Sliding Doors

Instruments and Controls

Opening and Closing ManualSliding Doors

Power Sliding Doors

Auto-Reverse

84

Page 88: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The dashboard switches to the leftof the steering column allow you toopen or close the power sliding doors.

The MAIN switch on the dashboardcontrols power to the sliding doors.

To open a power sliding door, pushand release the bottom of theappropriate switch. If you forget tounlock the door, you will hear threebeeps. Unlock the door and try again.

To close a sliding door, push andrelease the top of the switch.

To stop a door, push either the top orbottom of the switch. The door willstop and you will hear three beeps.Push the switch again to resumemovement.

When the MAIN switch is in theOFF position, you have to operatethe doors manually. The door will bedifficult to move; this is normal. Donot use force or try to move the doorrapidly; you could damage its motor.

If a person or object is in the wayafter the door begins to close, thedoor handles cannot be used to stopthe door. To stop the door, use thedashboard switches or the remotetransmitter.

CONTINUED

Sliding Doors

Instruments and Controls

Dashboard Switches

85

POWERSLIDINGDOORSWITCHES

POWER SLIDING DOOR MAIN SWITCHClosing a power sliding doorwhile any part of a passenger isin the door’s path can causeserious injury.

Make sure all passengers areclear of the doorway beforeclosing a sliding door.

Page 89: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To open and close a power slidingdoor, press the appropriate buttonfor at least two seconds. If you forgetto unlock the door, you will hearthree beeps. Unlock the door and tryagain.

To stop movement, push theappropriate door button; you willhear three beeps. Push the samebutton again and the door willreverse direction.

Each sliding door has a lock knobunder the inside door handle. Slidethe lock knob forward to unlock, andbackward to lock.

When you drive with children in yourvehicle, use the childproof doorlocks (see page ). This willprevent children from opening thedoors accidentally.

When you release the fuel fill door,the driver’s side sliding doorautomatically locks so it cannot openand interfere with the fuel door. If apassenger attempts to unlock thedoor by cycling the lock knob severaltimes, the door can be opened.

If a passenger needs to get out whileyou are refueling, instruct thatperson to exit on the passenger’sside.

After you close the fuel fill door, youmust manually unlock the slidingdoor.

79

Remote Transmitter

Sliding Doors

Instruments and Controls

Locking the Doors Refueling

86

LOCK KNOB

Unlock

Lock

DRIVER’SSIDESLIDINGDOORBUTTON

LED

PASSENGER’SSIDE SLIDINGDOORBUTTON

Page 90: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When parking facing downhill, makesure the doors are latched in thefully open position, and then hold thedoor open for your passengers. Donot pull the inside or outside doorhandle, or the door will slam shut.

Make sure theMAIN switch is in the ON position.

When parking facing downhill on asteep grade, the power sliding doorsmay not open or close as they donormally. If the Power Sliding Door indicator

comes on and stays on, there is aproblem in the system. Turn theMAIN switch to OFF, and have thesystem inspected by a Honda dealer.

If the battery is disconnected or goesdead, close the sliding doorcompletely by hand, or turn theMAIN switch on, and hold the doorswitch until each door closescompletely. If it still does not operateproperly after the battery isreconnected, have your vehiclechecked by a Honda dealer.On EX, EX-L models

Sliding Doors

Instruments and Controls

Parking Facing Downhill Power Sliding Door Problems

87

POWER SLIDING DOOR INDICATOR

Page 91: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

There are bucket seats witharmrests for two front passengers,bucket seats with armrests for twopassengers in the second row, and abench seat for three passengers inthe third row.

For greater cargo capacity, the seatsin the second row can be removed,and the bench seat in the third rowcan be folded into the floor.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Passenger SeatingConvertible Second Row BucketSeats

88

Page 92: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To adjust the bucket seats in thesecond row, pull up the lever on thefront of the seat bottom.

The EX and EX-L models have apower adjustable driver’s seat. Allother models have manual driver’sseat adjustments.

The front passenger’s seat, and theseats in the second and third rowsadjust manually.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

To adjust the seat forward andbackward, pull up on the lever underthe seat cushion’s front edge. Movethe seat to the desired position, andrelease the lever. Try to move theseat to make sure it is locked inposition. CONTINUED

See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

11 13

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Manual Seat Adjustments

89

Page 93: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The height of your driver’s seat isadjustable. Turn the front dial on theoutside of the seat cushion to raisethe front of the seat bottom, and turnthe rear dial to raise the rear.

Make all adjustments before youstart driving.

To change the seat-back angle of thebucket seats in the second row, pullforward on the lever on the outsideof the seat-back.

To change the seat-back angle of thefront seat, pull up on the lever on theoutside of the seat bottom.

To adjust the seat-back angle of thethird seat, open the tailgate. Pull thehandle on the back of the seat-back,move the seat-back to the desiredposition, and release the handle. Letthe seat-back latch in the newposition.

On LX model

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Driver’s Seat Manual HeightAdjustment

90

HANDLE

Page 94: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Moves the seatforward andbackward.

Raises or lowers theseat.

The controls for the poweradjustable driver’s seat are on theoutside edge of the seat bottom. Youcan adjust the power seat with theignition switch in any position. Makeall seat adjustments before you startdriving.

Moving the long horizontal switchadjusts the seat bottom in severaldirections. The seat bottom adjustsin the direction you move the switch.The short vertical switch adjusts theseat back angle.

Moves the front ofthe seat up or downand the rear of theseat up or down.

Adjusts the seat-back angle forwardor backward.

See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

On EX and EX-L models11 13

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Power Seat Adjustments

91

Page 95: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

See page for important safetyinformation and a warning about how toproperly position the head restraints.

13

On EX and EX-L models

Your vehicle is equipped with headrestraints in all seating positions tohelp protect you and yourpassengers from whiplash and otherinjuries.

An armrest is located on each of thefront seats and on each side of thesecond row seats. Pivot it down touse it. When you remove the bucketseats in the second row, pivot thearmrests up out of the way.

To change the lumbar support, movethe lever on the right side of theseat-back forward or backward.Keep moving the lever forward orbackward until you find a suitableposition.

They are most effective when youadjust them so the back of theoccupant’s head rests against thecenter of the restraint.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Head RestraintsArmrestsDriver’s Lumbar Support

92

Page 96: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The head restraints adjust for height.You need both hands to adjust therestraint. Do not attempt to adjust itwhile driving. To raise it, pull upward.To lower the restraint, push therelease button sideways, and pushthe restraint down.

To get into or out of the third rowseat, walk between the second rowseats.

When the seat on the passenger’sside is moved to the center, walkthrough the passenger’s side to getinto or out of the third row seat.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Third Seat Access

93

RELEASEBUTTON

Page 97: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The second row bucket seat on thepassenger’s side can be moved to thecenter to provide access to the thirdrow seat.

Remove the two floor coversbetween the bucket seats in thesecond row by carefully prying onthe back edge of the covers with aflat-tipped screwdriver.

Unlock the seat from the floor bypulling the lock release lever underthe seat cushion’s front edge andlifting the rear of the seat.

Slide the seat toward the center ofthe vehicle.

Push the back of the seat down overthe floor hooks. Make sure the seatis securely locked in place.

Install the floor covers over the outerfloor hooks on the passenger’s sideas shown.

Make sure the seat is securelylocked in place before driving. A seatthat is not locked in place could flyaround and cause injury in a suddenstop or crash.

Reverse this procedure to move theseat back to the outside.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Moving the Second Row BucketSeat

94

LOCKRELEASELEVER

Page 98: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Both seats can be removed to givemore cargo capacity.

To remove a seat:

Unhook the front of the seat fromthe floor by pulling it back slightly,then pivoting it upward.

Always remove an unsecured seatfrom the vehicle before driving. Aseat that is not locked in place couldbe thrown about and cause injury ina sudden stop or crash.

To reinstall the seat, hook the frontof the seat to the floor, then push theback into the locks. Make sure boththe front and the back of the seat aresecurely latched before driving.

Pull up the seat-back angleadjustment lever, and fold the seat-back forward.

Unlock the seat from the floor bypulling the lock release lever under

the seat cushion’s front edge andlifting the rear of the seat.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Removing the Bucket Seats in theSecond Row

95

LOCK RELEASE LEVER

Page 99: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To create more cargo space, you canfold the third row ‘‘Magic Seat’’ intothe floor recess.To fold the seat:

Remove the head restraints bypushing the release buttons andpulling the restraints out.

Store the head restraints in theside cargo net. To install the sidecargo net, hook the four loops onthe net to the tabs on the left sidepanel.

Make sure the head restraint legsare inside the cargo net so they donot damage the seat as you fold it.

Unlock the seat-back by pullingthe handle. Push the seat-backforward.

1.

2. 3.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Folding the Third Row ‘‘MagicSeat’’

96

RELEASE BUTTON HANDLE

Page 100: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Pull up on the handle on the seat-back, and pull the seat-backupright with the strap. Make surethe seat is securely locked in place.

Reinstall the head restraints.

Pull the handle on the back of theseat cushion while you pull theentire seat towards you with thestrap. Pivot the seat into the floorrecess. Make sure the strap isabove the seat.

Make sure the center shoulder beltis stored in the holder and the outershoulder belts are positioned on eachhook whenever the third seat isfolded.

Make sure all items in the cargo areaare secured. Loose items can flyforward and cause injury if you haveto brake hard. Seeon page .

To return the seat to the uprightposition:

Pull the seat out of the recess bypulling on the handle and the strap.Pivot the seat forward all the way.

4.

1.

2.

3.

176

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Carrying Cargo

97

HANDLE HANDLE

Page 101: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Both front seats are equipped withseat heaters. The ignition switchmust be in the ON (II) position touse them. The seat heater switch islocated on each front door. Push thefront of the switch, HI, to rapidlyheat up the seat.After the seat reaches a comfortabletemperature, select LO by pushingthe back of the switch. This will keepthe seat warm.

In HI, the heater turns off when theseat gets warm, and turns back onafter the seat’s temperature drops.

In LO, the heater does not cycle withtemperature change.

Follow these precautions when usingthe seat heaters:

Use the HI setting only to heat theseats quickly, because it drawslarge amounts of current from thebattery.

Because of the sensors for the sideairbag system, there is no heater inthe passenger’s seat-back.

If the engine is left idling for anextended period, do not use theseat heaters, even on the LOsetting. It can weaken the battery,causing hard starting.

On EX-L model

Seat Heaters

Instruments and Controls98

Page 102: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle’s front windows areelectrically-powered. Turn theignition switch to ON (II) to raise orlower either window.

The rear windows are alsoelectrically-powered (see page ).

Each front door has a switch thatcontrols its window. To open thewindow, push the switch down andhold it. Release the switch when youwant the window to stop. Close thewindow by pulling back on theswitch and holding it.

The driver’s door armrest has amaster power window control panel.To open the front passenger’swindow, push down on the switchand hold it down until the windowreaches the desired position. Toclose the window, pull back on thewindow switch. Release the switchwhen the window gets to the positionyou want.

101

CONTINUED

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls 99

MAIN SWITCHDRIVER’S WINDOWSWITCH

Closing a power window onsomeone’s hands or fingers cancause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers areaway from the windows beforeclosing them.

Page 103: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -To open the driver’swindow fully, push the windowswitch firmly down, then release it.The window automatically goesdown all the way. To stop thewindow from going all the way down,pull back on the window switchbriefly.

To close the driver’s window fully,pull back the window switch firmly,then release it. The windowautomatically goes all the way up. Tostop the window from going all theway up, push down on the windowswitch briefly.

To open or close the driver’s windowpartially, push down or pull back onthe window switch lightly and hold it.The window will stop when yourelease the switch.

If the MAIN switch is off, the frontpassenger’s window cannot be raisedor lowered and the rear windowscannot be opened or closed. Keepthe MAIN switch off when you havechildren in the vehicle so they do notinjure themselves by operating thewindows unintentionally.

Auto reverse stops sensing when thewindow is almost closed. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the windowbefore closing it.

If the driver’swindow runs into any obstacle whileit is closing automatically, it willreverse direction, and then stop. Toclose the window, remove theobstacle, then use the window switchagain.

AUTO Auto Reverse

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls100

Page 104: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, or thedriver’s window fuse is removed, theAUTO function will be disabled. Thepower window system needs to bereset after reconnecting the batteryor installing the fuse.

Start the engine. Push down andhold the driver’s window switchuntil the window is fully open.

Pull and hold the driver’s windowswitch to close the windowcompletely, then hold the switchfor a second or two more.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, have yourvehicle checked by a Honda dealer.

The power window system has a key-off delay function. The windows willstill operate for up to 10 minutesafter you turn off the ignition.Opening either front door cancelsthe delay function. You must turnthe ignition switch to ON (II) againbefore you can operate the windows.

You can open or close each rearwindow with the switches on thedriver’s door armrest. The rightswitch controls the passenger’s siderear window, and the left switchcontrols the driver’s side window. Toopen the window, push the switchdown and hold it. Release the switchwhen you want the window to stop.Close the window by pulling back onthe switch and holding it.

1.

2.

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls 101

REAR WINDOW SWITCHES

Page 105: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Keep the inside and outside mirrorsclean and adjusted for best visibility.Be sure to adjust the mirrors beforeyou start driving.

The inside mirror has day and nightpositions. The night position reducesglare from headlights behind you.Flip the tab on the bottom edge ofthe mirror to select the day or nightposition.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Move the selector switch to L(driver’s side) or R (passenger’sside).

Push the appropriate edge of theadjustment switch to move themirror right, left, up, or down.

When you finish, move theselector switch to the center (off)position. This turns off theadjustment switch to keep yoursettings.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Mirrors

Instruments and Controls

Adjusting the Power Mirrors

102

TAB

SELECTOR SWITCH

ADJUSTMENT SWITCH

Page 106: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The outside mirrors are heated toremove fog and frost. With theignition switch in the ON (II)position, turn on the heaters bypressing the button. The indicator inthe button comes on as a reminder.Press the button again to turn theheaters off.

To apply the parking brake, push theparking brake pedal down with yourfoot. To release the parking brake,push on the pedal again. The parkingbrake indicator on the instrumentpanel should go out when theparking brake is fully released withthe engine running (see page ).60

Canadian Models

Mirrors, Parking Brake

Instruments and Controls

Power Mirror Heaters Parking Brake

103

NOTICE:

HEATED MIRROR BUTTON PARKING BRAKE PEDAL

Driving the vehicle with theparking brake applied can damage therear brakes and axles.

Page 107: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls104

BEVERAGE HOLDER

CLOCK

VANITYMIRROR

CENTERPOCKET

STORAGEBOX

ACCESSORYPOWERSOCKET

ACCESSORYPOWERSOCKET

REARCOMPARTMENT

COAT HOOK BEVERAGEHOLDER

CENTERTABLE

SUNGLASSESHOLDER

GLOVE BOX

BEVERAGE HOLDER,COIN HOLDER

SUN VISOR

: EX and EX-L models only

Page 108: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The clock displays the time with theignition switch in any position.

To set the clock:

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Press and hold the H button untilthe hour advances to the desiredtime.

Press and hold the M button untilthe numbers advance to thedesired time.

You can use R to quickly set the timeto the nearest hour. If the displayedtime is before the half hour, pressingR sets the clock back to the previoushour. If the displayed time is afterthe half hour, pressing R sets theclock forward to the beginning of thenext hour.For example:

1:06 would RESET to 1:00.1:52 would RESET to 2:00.

To use the center table, pull up theoutside edge of the table until itlatches. To store it, pull the lever andlower the table.

2.

3.

1.

CONTINUED

On models without navigation system

Interior Convenience Items

Clock Center Table

Instruments and Controls 105

H M R

Page 109: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Sitting on or getting under the table,or putting heavy objects on the table,may damage or deform it.

Do not put any items on the tablewhile driving. They may fall down orfly around when you go aroundcorners or brake hard.

The center table can be extended bypulling on the rear.

Be careful when you are using thebeverage holders. A spilled liquidthat is very hot can scald you or yourpassengers. Spilled liquids can alsodamage the upholstery, carpeting,and electrical components in theinterior.

To use the front beverage holder,pull on the bottom edge.

Additional beverage holders for thefront seat passengers, and beverageholders for the passengers in thesecond row, are in the center table.

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Beverage Holders

106

Page 110: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Each second row seat has abeverage holder on the outside ofthe seat cushion. To use thebeverage holder, push on the tab.The beverage holder will swing open.To close, pivot it up and push it inuntil it latches.

To protect the beverage holder, thebottom tray is designed to breakaway if you try to place a heavyobject on it. If this happens, hold theedge of the bottom tray and pull it upuntil you feel a detent.

Be careful not to damage an openbeverage holder when you get intoor out of the vehicle.

The beverage holders for the thirdseat passengers are located in thearmrests on the rear side panels.The inner liner can be removed ifyou want to hold a larger cup.

To open the sunglasses holder, pushon the front edge. Make sure theholder is closed while you are driving.Some larger styles of sunglassesmay not fit in the holder.

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Sunglasses Holder

107

TAB

Page 111: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When using the sun visor for theside window, remove the support rodfrom the clip and swing it out. Slidethe extension out to get morecoverage on the side window.

Pull up the vanity mirror cover to useit. The lights come on only when theparking lights are on.

To open the compartment, pull thelever and lift the lid. To close, lowerthe lid and push it down until itlatches.

Make sure you put the sun visorback in place when you are gettinginto or out of the vehicle.Do not use the sun visor extensionover the rear view mirror.

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Sun Visor Vanity Mirror Rear Compartment

108

REAR COMPARTMENT LEVER

EXTENSION

SUN VISOR

Page 112: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the glove box by pulling thebottom of the handle. Close it with afirm push. Lock or unlock the glovebox with the master key.

These sockets are intended to supplypower for 12 volt DC accessoriesthat are rated 120 watts or less (10amps).

None of the sockets will power anautomotive type cigarette lighterelement. When more than onesocket is being used, the combinedpower rating of the accessoriesshould be 120 watts or less(10 amps).

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Glove Box Accessory Power Sockets

109

GLOVE BOX

An open glove box can causeserious injury to your passengerin a crash, even if thepassenger is wearing the seatbelt.

Always keep the glove boxclosed while driving.

Page 113: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the center pocket by pullingthe handle. Close it with a firm push.

The light in the pocket comes onwhen the instrument panel lights areon.

Push up the handle to open thecenter pocket.

The coin holder is located in thefront beverage holder. To open it,pull on the bottom edge. Close itwith a firm push.

On EX and EX-L models

On U.S. EX-L with optionalRear Entertainment System

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Center Pocket Coin Holder

110

CENTERPOCKET

Page 114: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

A storage box is located under thefront passenger’s seat. To use it, pullthe handle and slide the box out.

To remove the box for cleaning,push on the lock tab under the seatbottom and pull the tray out. Do nottry to force the box. You coulddamage it.

To use a coat hook, push on the lid.Close it with a firm push.

Make sure the coat hook is closedwhen you are not using it. This hookis not designed for large or heavyitems.

On EX and EX-L models(Except for vehicles with navigationSystem)

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Storage Box Coat Hook

111

STORAGE BOX

LOCK TAB

LID

Page 115: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The light control switch has threepositions: OFF, Door Activated, andON.

OFFNone of the lights come on when adoor or the tailgate is opened.

The individual map lights in thefront can be turned on and off withthe switches next to the lights.

The individual map lights in thesecond and third rows cannot beturned on.

The cargo area light can be turnedon with the switch in the light.

DoorActivated

The individual map lights in thefront come on when any door orthe tailgate is opened. When thedoors and the tailgate are closed,each light can be turned on and offwith the switch next to the light.

The individual map lights in thesecond and third rows come onwhen any door or the tailgate isopened. When the doors and thetailgate are closed, each light canbe turned on and off by pushingon the lens.

The cargo area light comes onwhen any door or the tailgate isopened if the light control switchis in the door activated (center)position. When the doors and thetailgate are closed, the cargo arealight can be turned on with theswitch in the light.

ONAll the individual map lights comeon and stay on as long as theswitch remains in the ON position.

The cargo area light comes on andstays on if the light control switchis in the door activated (center)position.When this switch is in the position:

When the switch is in theposition:

When the light control switch is in theposition:

Instruments and Controls

Interior Lights

Light Control Switch

112

LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

ON

DOORACTIVATEDPOSITION

OFF

Page 116: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The lights go out about six secondsafter all the doors and the tailgateare closed.

With the light control switch in theDoor Activated position, all theindividual map lights and the cargoarea light (with its switch in thecenter position) come on when youunlock the door with the remotetransmitter (see page ).

With any door or the tailgate leftopen, the lights stay on about 3minutes, then go out.

Turn on the front individual maplights by pushing the button next toeach light. Push the button again toturn it off. You can also operatethese lights with the light controlswitch (see page ).

Turn on each rear individual maplight by pushing the lens when theignition switch is in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Push the lens again to turn it off.You can also operate these lightswith the light control switch (seepage ).

112

81

112

On EX and EX-L models

Interior Lights

Instruments and Controls

Individual Map Lights

113

FRONT REAR

Page 117: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The cargo area light has a three-position switch. In the OFF position,the light does not come on. In thecenter position, it comes on whenyou open the tailgate. In the ONposition, it stays on continuously.

This light also works with the lightcontrol switch (see page ).

The ignition switch light comes onwhen you open the driver’s door, andstays on several seconds after youclose the door.

112

Interior Lights

Instruments and Controls

Cargo Area Light Ignition Switch Light

114

OFF

ON

Page 118: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The heating and air conditioningsystems in your Honda provide acomfortable driving environment inall weather conditions.

The standard audio system hasmany features. This section de-scribes those features and how touse them. (If you selected anoptional audio system, refer to theoperating instructions that camewith it.)

The security system helps to dis-courage vandalism and theft of yourHonda.

Your Honda has an anti-theft audiosystem that requires a code numberto enable it.

.............Vents, Heating, and A/C . 116.........................Airflow Buttons . 117

Using Automatic Climate...................................Control . 121

...................Rear Climate Control . 124..............Climate Control Sensors . 125

..........................Playing the Radio . 126............................Radio Reception . 130

..................................Playing a CD . 132Operating the Optional CD

.....................................Changer . 134....................Protecting Your CDs . 135

.........CD Player Error Messages . 136.....CD Changer Error Messages . 137

...............................Playing a Tape . 139.............Steering Wheel Controls . 143

.................Radio Theft Protection . 144........Rear Entertainment System . 145

..............................Playable DVDs . 154............................Security System . 159

...............................Cruise Control . 160HomeLink Universal

................................Transceiver . 163

On EX and EX-L models

Comfort and Convenience Features

Comfort and Convenience Features 115

Page 119: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

LX model

EX model and EX-L model without Navigation System

EX-L model with Navigation System

116

MODE BUTTONS

REAR A/CCONTROL DIAL

FAN CONTROLDIAL

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER BUTTON

TEMPERATURE CONTROLDIAL

TEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

AUTOBUTTON

OFF BUTTONDEFROST BUTTON

TEMPERATUREDISPLAY

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

MODE ICONS AIR CONDITIONING(A/C) ICONSAIR CONDITIONING BUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING BUTTON

TEMPERATURE BUTTON

MODE BUTTON

FAN CONTROL ICONS

FULL AUTODISPLAY

OFF BUTTON FAN CONTROL DIAL

REAR A/C CONTROL DIAL

AUTO BUTTON

RECIRCULATION BUTTON

DEFROST BUTTON

MODEICONS

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER BUTTON

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER BUTTON

Page 120: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▲ ▼

For automatic climate control andmanual operation on EX and EX-Lmodels, see page .

Turn this dial clockwise to increasefan speed and increase the airflow.

You can manually select the fanspeed. Press the A/C button to viewthe display, then press any of the fancontrol icons.

Turning this dial clockwise increasesthe temperature of the airflow.

To select the desired temperature,press either side of the temperature(TEMP) button ( or ).

This button turns the airconditioning on and off. On LXmodels, the light in the button is onwhen the A/C is on. On EX and EX-Lmodels, you will see A/C ON or A/COFF selected in the display.

Press the A/C button to view thedisplay. Touching ON or OFF in thedisplay turns the air conditioning onand off. You will see A/C ON or A/COFF in the display.

When you turn the A/C off, thesystem cannot regulate the insidetemperature if you set thetemperature control below theoutside temperature.

121

On all models without NavigationSystem

On EX-L model with Navigation System

On all models without NavigationSystem

On EX-L model with Navigation System

On all models without NavigationSystem

On EX-L model with Navigation System

On EX and EX-L models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Fan Control

Temperature Control

Air Conditioning (A/C) Button/Icons

Airflow Buttons

117

Page 121: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When the light in/above the buttonis on, air from the vehicle’s interior issent throughout the system again.When the light is off, air is broughtin from the outside of the vehicle(Fresh Air mode).

The outside air intakes for theheating and cooling system are atthe base of the windshield. Keep thisarea clear of leaves and other debris.

The system should be left in FreshAir mode under almost all conditions.Keeping the system in Recirculationmode, particularly with the A/C off,can cause the windows to fog up.

Switch to Recirculation mode whendriving through dusty or smokyconditions, then return to Fresh Airmode.

This button turns the rear windowdefogger off and on (see page ).

Use the mode control buttons oricons to select the vents the air flowsfrom. Some air will flow from thedashboard corner vents in all modes.

Air flows from the centerand corner vents in the dashboard.

Air flows from the floorvents.

Air flows from the defrostervents at the base of the windshield.

When you select or ,the system automatically switches toFresh Air mode and turns on theA/C.

When you select , the systemautomatically switches to Fresh Airmode.

With this dial, you can adjust therear A/C unit heating, cooling, andairflow (see page ).

Airflow is divided betweenthe vents in the dashboard and thefloor vents.

Airflow is divided betweenthe floor vents and the defrostervents at the base of the windshield.

73

123

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Recirculation Button Rear Window Defogger Button

Mode Control

Rear A/C Control Dial

118

Page 122: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▲ ▼

The flow-through ventilation systemdraws in outside air, circulates itthrough the interior, then exhausts itthrough vents near the rear sidepanels.

Set the temperature control dial orthe button to the lower limit.Make sure the A/C is off.Select and Fresh Air mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

The heater uses engine coolant towarm the air. If the engine is cold, itwill be several minutes before youfeel warm air coming from thesystem.

Select .When you select , the systemautomatically switches to FreshAir mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.Adjust the warmth of the air withthe temperature control dial.

Air conditioning places an extra loadon the engine. Watch the enginecoolant temperature gauge (see page

). If it moves near the red zone,turn off the A/C until the gaugereads normally.

Press the A/C button to show theA/C screen.Select the desired mode and fanspeed icons on the screen.Adjust the warmth with thetemperature button ( or ).

Press the A/C button. The lightabove the button comes on when afan speed is selected.Make sure the temperaturecontrol dial is set to the lower limit.Select .If the outside air is humid, selectthe Recirculation mode. If theoutside air is dry, select the FreshAir mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

1.

2.3.4.

1.

2.3.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

67

CONTINUED

All except EX-L model with NavigationSystem

EX-L model with Navigation System

All except EX-L model with NavigationSystem

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Ventilation Using the Heater Using the A/C

119

Page 123: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Press the A/C button to show theA/C screen.Select the ON icon on the screen.Select the desired temperatureand MODE selections. If theoutside air is humid, select theRecirculation mode. If the outsideair is dry, select the Fresh Airmode.

you cancool it down more rapidly by partiallyopening the windows, turning on theA/C, and setting the fan tomaximum speed in Fresh Air mode.

The vehicle has two A/C andheater units. These units arecontrolled by the front panel controls,unless the RR A/C control dial is inthe OFF position. The rearpassengers can also adjust thedirection and the amount of airflow.

Air conditioning, as it cools, removesmoisture from the air. When used incombination with the heater, itmakes the interior warm and dry.

Switch the fan on.Turn on the air conditioning.Select and Fresh Air mode.Adjust the temperature controldial or button to your preference.

This setting is suitable for all drivingconditions whenever the outsidetemperature is above 32°F (0°C).

Set the fan to the desired speed, orhigh for faster defrosting.Select . The systemautomatically switches to FreshAir mode and turns on the A/C.Adjust the temperature controldial or button so the airflow feelswarm.Select to help clear therear window.To increase airflow to thewindshield, close the side vents.

To remove fog from the inside of thewindows:

When you switch to another modefrom , the A/C stays on.Press the A/C button to turn it off.

1.2.3.4.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

1.

2.3.

If the interior is very warm,

EX-L model with Navigation System

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Dehumidify the Interior To Defog and Defrost

120

NOTE:

Page 124: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▲▼

Select . The systemautomatically switches to FreshAir mode and turns on the A/C.Select .Set the fan and temperaturecontrols to maximum level.

To clear the windows faster, you canclose the dashboard corner vents byrotating the wheel next it. This willsend more warm air to thewindshield defroster vents. Once thewindshield is clear, select the FreshAir mode to avoid fogging thewindows.

For your safety, make sure you havea clear view through all the windowsbefore driving.

The Automatic Climate Controlsystem can adjust the fan speed andairflow levels to maintain the interiortemperature you select.

Press the Auto button. WithNavigation System, the light in thebutton comes on.

Set the desired temperature byturning the Temperature Controldial. You will see FULL AUTO inthe system’s display.

Set the desired temperature bypressing to raise thetemperature or to lower thetemperature. The selectedtemperature will show in thetemperature display on the controlpanel.

The system automatically selects theproper mix of conditioned and/orheated air to raise or lower theinterior temperature to thetemperature you selected.

If you set the temperature to itslower limit or its highest limit, thesystem runs at full cooling or heatingonly. It does not regulate the interiortemperature.

In cold weather, the fan will notcome on automatically until theheater starts to develop warm air.

When thesystem is in FULL AUTO, the rearA/C passenger control dials cannotbe used. Turning the rear A/Ccontrol dial on the front paneldisables the FULL AUTO function.

1.

2.

1.

2.3.

Without Navigation System

With Navigation System

EX and EX-L models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Remove Exterior Frost or IceFrom the Windows

Using Automatic Climate Control

Rear A/C Control

121

Page 125: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You can manually select variousfunctions of the Climate Controlsystem when it is in FULL AUTO.All other features remainautomatically controlled.

Manually selecting a function causesthe word FULL in the display to goout.

If you press the A/C button next tothe display, the manual selection willshow in the display. This causes thelight in the AUTO button to turn off.

Turning the fan speed andtemperature control dials all the wayto left shuts off the systemcompletely.

If you press OFF, the ClimateControl system shuts off completely.

Keep the system completely offfor short periods only.To keep stale air and mustinessfrom collecting, you should havethe fan running at all times.

When the Climate Control System isturned OFF, the temperature in thedisplay will also turn off.

Without Navigation System

With Navigation System

With Navigation System

EX and EX-L models LX model

EX and EX-L models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Manual Operation To Turn Everything Off

122

Page 126: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You can adjust the heating, cooling,and airflow of the rear A/C unit withthe rear A/C control dial. The rearpassengers can also adjust thedirection and the amount of airflowwith the rear ceiling vents.

Using the Rear A/C Unit

Comfort and Convenience Features

Vents, Heating, and A/C

123

REAR CEILING VENT REAR A/C PASSENGERCONTROL PANEL

REAR A/CCONTROL DIAL

TAB

LEVER

OFF POSITION

Page 127: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

No air flows to the rearvents, and the rear control panel isturned off.

increases the rear fan speed, and airflows from the rear ceiling vents.

increases the rear fan speed, and airflows from the rear floor vents.

The rear A/C passengercontrol panel is enabled. A secondrow passenger can then adjust thefan speed and airflow.

You can use the rear control panelwhen the front panel dial is in the RRposition.

When the dial is in the position,cooled air flows from the rear ceilingvents. Cooled air can be selectedwhen the A/C switch on the frontcontrol panel is turned on.

When the dial is in the position,heated air flows from the rear floorvents.

Turn the fan speed control dialclockwise to increase fan speed andairflow.

Rear Climate Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Rear A/C Control

OFF

Turning the dial to the left

Turning the dial to the right

RR

Rear A/C Passenger ControlPanel

124

REAR A/C CONTROL DIAL

FAN SPEEDCONTROL DIAL

HEATING/COOLING/AIRFLOWCONTROL DIAL

Page 128: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The climate control system has twosensors. A sunlight sensor is in thetop of the dashboard, and atemperature sensor is next to thesteering column. Do not cover thesensors or spill any liquid on them.

The direction and quantity of airflowfrom each rear ceiling vent isadjustable.

To adjust the direction of the aircoming from a rear ceiling vent,move the tab in the center of eachvent back-and-forth, and rotate thevent with the tab. The lever next toeach vent can be opened and closedto regulate the amount of airflow.

Rear Climate Control, Climate Control Sensors

Comfort and Convenience Features

Sunlight and TemperatureSensors

Rear Ceiling Vents

125

SUNLIGHT SENSOR

TEMPERATURE SENSORTAB

LEVER

Page 129: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

LX model

EX and EX-L models Optional on U.S. EX-L model

126

AM/FM BUTTON SCAN BUTTON STEREO INDICATOR

BASS/FADER CONTROLKNOB

TREBLE/BALANCE CONTROLKNOB

SEEK SWITCH TUNE BAR

TUNE BAR

PRESET BUTTONS

STEREOINDICATOR

SCANINDICATOR

TUNE KNOB

AM/FMBUTTON

SCANBUTTON

PRESET BUTTONS

PRESET BUTTONS

BASS/FADERCONTROLKNOB

TREBLE/BALANCECONTROLKNOB

AUTO SELECTBUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

PWR/VOLKNOB

AM/FMBUTTON

STEREOINDICATOR

SEEKBAR

AUTOSELECTBUTTON

PWR/VOLKNOB

SEEK BAR

Page 130: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on by pushing thePWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volumeby turning the same knob.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to is displayed.To change bands, press the AM/FMbutton. On the FM band, ST will bedisplayed if the station is broadcast-ing in stereo. Stereo reproduction inAM is not available.

You can use any of five methods tofind radio stations on the selectedband: thepreset buttons, and(EX and EX-L models).

Use the TUNE bar orknob to tune the radio to a desiredfrequency. Press the / sideof the bar or turn the knob to theright to tune to a higher frequency,or press the / side or turnthe knob to the left to tune to a lowerfrequency.

The SEEK functionsearches up and down from thecurrent frequency to find a stationwith a strong signal. To activate it,press the / or /

side of the bar, or push theSEEK switch up or down, thenrelease it.

The SCAN functionsamples all the stations with strongsignals on the selected band. Toactivate it, press the SCAN button,then release it. SCN/SCAN shows inthe display. The system will scan fora station with a strong signal. Whenit finds a strong signal, it will stopand play that station for about 5seconds.

If you do nothing, the system willthen scan for the next strong stationand play it for 5 seconds. When itplays a station that you want to listento, press the SCAN button again.

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play the Radio To Select a Station

TUNE, SEEK, SCAN,AUTO SELECT

TUNE

SEEK

SCAN

127

Page 131: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -Each preset button canstore one frequency on AM, and twofrequencies on FM.

Select the desired band, AM orFM. FM1 and FM2 let you storetwo frequencies with each presetbutton.

Use the TUNE, SEEK, or SCANfunction to tune the radio to adesired station.

Pick a preset button, and hold ituntil you hear a beep.

Repeat steps 1 to 3 to store a totalof six stations on AM and twelvestations on FM.

The preset frequencies will be lost ifyour vehicle’s battery goes dead, isdisconnected, or the radio fuse isremoved.

If you aretraveling far from home and can nolonger receive your preset stations,you can use the Auto Select featureto find stations in the local area.

Press the A. SEL Button. ‘‘A.SEL’’flashes in the display, and the systemgoes into scan mode for severalseconds. It stores the frequencies ofsix AM, and twelve FM stations inthe preset buttons.

You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed afterpressing a preset button if AutoSelect cannot find a strong stationfor every preset button.

If you do not like the stations AutoSelect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the presetbuttons. Use the TUNE, SEEK, orSCAN functions to find stations, thenstore them in the preset buttons asdescribed.

press theA. SEL button. This restores thepresets you originally set.

1.

2.

3.

4.

To turn off Auto Select,

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

Preset AUTO SELECT

128

Page 132: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

These twocontrols adjust the strength of thesound coming from each speaker.The Balance control adjusts the side-to-side strength, while the Fadercontrol adjusts the front-to-backstrength.

Use these controlsto adjust the tone to your liking.

To adjust the fader or balance, pushon the control knob to get it to popout. Pull it out slightly farther, andadjust the sound to your liking. Pushthe knob back in when you are doneso you cannot change the setting byaccidentally bumping it.

To adjust the Treble or Bass level,push on the control knob to get it topop out. Without pulling it outfarther, turn the knob to adjust thesound level. Push the knob back inwhen you are done so you cannotchange the setting by accidentallybumping it.

Press the TUNE knob repeatedly todisplay the Bass (BAS), Treble(TRE), Balance (BAL), and Fader(FAD) settings.

Each mode is shown in the display asit changes. Turn the TUNE knob toadjust the setting to your liking.When the level reaches the center,you will see ‘‘ ’’ in the display.The system will automatically returnthe display to the selected audiomode about 5 seconds after you stopadjusting a mode.

Use the TRE/BASmodes to adjust the tone to yourliking.

These twomodes adjusts the strength of thesound coming from each speaker.BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength,while FAD adjusts the front-to-backstrength.

On LX, EX and EX-L modelsOptional on U.S. EX-L model

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

Adjusting the Sound

Balance/Fader

Treble/Bass

Treble/Bass

Balance/Fader

129

BASS/FADERCONTROL

TREBLE/BALANCECONTROL

EX and EX-L models shown

Page 133: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You can use the instrument panelbrightness control knob to adjust theillumination of the audio system (seepage ). The audio systemilluminates when the parking lightsare on, even if the radio is off.

Your Honda’s radio can receive thecomplete AM and FM bands.Those bands cover these frequen-cies:

AM band:530 to 1,710 kilohertzFM band:87.7 to 107.9 megahertz

Radio stations on the AM band areassigned frequencies at least tenkilohertz apart (530, 540, 550).Stations on the FM band areassigned frequencies at least 0.2megahertz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3).

Stations must use these exactfrequencies. It is fairly common forstations to round-off the frequency intheir advertising, so your radio coulddisplay a frequency of 100.9 eventhough the announcer may identifythe station as ‘‘FM101.’’

How well your Honda’s radioreceives stations is dependent onmany factors, such as the distancefrom the station’s transmitter,nearby large objects, and atmos-pheric conditions.

A radio station’s signal gets weakeras you get farther away from itstransmitter. If you are listening to anAM station, you will notice the soundvolume becoming weaker, and thestation drifting in and out. If you arelistening to an FM station, you willsee the stereo indicator flickering offand on as the signal weakens.Eventually, the stereo indicator will

go off and the sound will fadecompletely as you get out of range ofthe station’s signal.

Driving very near the transmitter ofa station that is broadcasting on afrequency close to the frequency ofthe station you are listening to canalso affect your radio’s reception.You may temporarily hear bothstations, or hear only the station youare close to.

72

Playing the Radio, Radio Reception

Comfort and Convenience Features

Audio System Lighting

Radio Frequencies Radio Reception

130

Page 134: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Radio signals, especially on the FMband, are deflected by large objectssuch as buildings and hills. Yourradio then receives both the directsignal from the station’s transmitter,and the deflected signal. This causesthe sound to distort or flutter. This isa main cause of poor radio receptionin city driving.

Radio reception can be affected byatmospheric conditions such asthunderstorms, high humidity, andeven sunspots. You may be able toreceive a distant radio station oneday and not receive it the next daybecause of a change in conditions.

Electrical interference from passingvehicles and stationary sources cancause temporary reception problems.

As required by the FCC:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

Radio Reception

Comfort and Convenience Features 131

Page 135: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a CD

LX model

EX and EX-L modelsOptional on U.S. EX-L model

132

PWR/VOLKNOB

TAPE/CD BUTTONAM/FM BUTTON RANDOM INDICATOR

REPEAT INDICATOR

PRESET BUTTONSREPEAT BUTTON

SKIP SWITCH

PWR/VOL KNOB

RANDOMBUTTON

SKIPBAR

TUNEBAR

EJECTBUTTON

CD SLOTAM/FM BUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB REPEATBUTTON SKIP BARCD BUTTON

RANDOMBUTTON

REPEATBUTTON

CD SLOT CD EJECT BUTTON

CD BUTTON

Page 136: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

To play a CD, the ignition switchmust be in the ACCESSORY (I) orON(II) position.You operate the CD player with thesame controls used for the radio.The number of the track playing isshown in the display. The system willcontinuously play a CD until youchange modes.

Insert a CD into the CD slot. Thedrive will pull the CD in the rest ofthe way to play it. When the systemreaches the end of the disc, it willreturn to the beginning and play thedisc again.

You can also play 3-inch (8-cm) discswithout using an adapter ring.

To play the radio when a CD isplaying, press the AM/FM button.

Press the CD button again to switchback to the CD player.

To play the tape when a CD isplaying, insert a tape in the player (ifavailable). If a tape is in the player,press the TAPE button. Press theCD button again to switch back tothe CD player. The cassette player isoptional on EX and EX-L models.

If you turn the system off while a CDis playing, either with the PWR/VOLknob or by turning off the ignition,the disc will stay in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, the CDwill begin playing where it left off (atthe same disc and track on LXmodel).

Each time you press andrelease / or push up theSKIP switch, the player skipsforward to the beginning of the nexttrack. Press and release /

button, or push down the SKIPswitch to skip backward to thebeginning of the current track. Pressor push down it again to skip to thebeginning of the previous track.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the / or /

side of the SKIP bar. You willsee CUE or REW in the display. OnLX model, push and hold the SKIPswitch. You will hear a beep whenthe system begins to move.

To continuously replaya track, press and release the RPTbutton. You will see RPT in thedisplay. Press the RPT button againto turn it off.

Optional on LX model

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play a CD SKIP

REPEAT

133

Page 137: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-+

To activate Random Play on LXmodel, press and hold the RPTbutton until you see RDM in thedisplay. Press it again to return tonormal play.

If the system is in repeat mode, turnit off before you select random mode.

Press the eject button ( ) toremove the CD. If you eject the CD,but do not remove it from the slot,the system will automatically reloadthe CD after 15 seconds and put it inpause mode. To begin playing, pressthe CD button.

Press the AM/FM button to switchto the radio while a CD is playing.Press the CD button to play the CD.

Insert a tape in the player (ifavailable) to switch to the tape whilea CD is playing. If a tape is in theplayer, press the TAPE button. Pressthe CD button again to switch backto the CD player. The cassette playeris optional on EX and EX-L models.

If you turn the system off while a CDis playing, either with the PWR/VOLknob or by turning off the ignition,the disc will stay in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, the CDwill begin playing where it left off (atthe same disc and track on LXmodel).

An optional six disc CD changer isavailable for your vehicle from yourHonda dealer.This disc changer uses the samecontrols used for the in-dash CDplayer or the radio.

Load the CDs in the magazine andload the magazine in the changeraccording to the instructions thatcame with the unit.

To select the CD changer, press theCD button. The disc and tracknumbers will be displayed. To selecta different disc, use the appropriatepreset buttons (1 6). On the U.S.EX-L model, use the preset 5 (DISC

) button to select the previous disc,or the preset 6 (DISC ) button toselect the next disc in sequence.

If you select an empty slot in themagazine, the changer will, afterfinding that slot empty, try to loadthe CD in the next slot. Thiscontinues until it finds a CD to loadand play.

On EX and EX-L models, if there areno CDs, the display will flash, thenyou need to select another mode.

Press and release theRDM button to play the tracks inrandom order. You will see RDM inthe display. Press the RDM buttonagain to return to normal play.

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Stop Playing a CD

Operating the Optional CDChanger

RANDOM

134

Page 138: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When using CD-R discs, use onlyhigh quality CDs labeled for audiouse.

When recording a CD-R, therecording must be closed for it tobe used.

CD-RW discs will not work in thisunit.

Play only standard round CDs.Odd-shaped CDs may jam in thedrive or cause other problems.

Handle your CDs properly toprevent damage and skipping.

When a CD is not being played, storeit in its case to protect it from dustand other contamination. To preventwarpage, keep CDs out of directsunlight and extreme heat.

To clean a CD, use a clean soft cloth.Wipe across the CD from the centerto the outside edge.

A new CD may be rough on theinner and outer edges. The smallplastic pieces causing this roughnesscan flake off and fall on the re-cording surface of the CD, causingskipping or other problems. Removethese pieces by rubbing the innerand outer edges with the side of apencil or pen.

Never try to insert foreign objects inthe CD player or the magazine.

Handle a CD by its edges; nevertouch either surface. Do not placestabilizer rings or labels on the CD.These, along with contaminationfrom fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tippens, can cause the CD to not playproperly, or possibly jam in the drive.

Protecting Your CDs

Comfort and Convenience Features

General Information Protecting CDs

135

Page 139: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you see an error message in thedisplay while playing a CD, find thecause in the chart to the right. If youcannot clear the error message, takeyour vehicle to a Honda dealer.

Error Message Cause Solution

Error Message Cause Solution

System ErrorFOCUS Error

Mechanical Error

Communication ErrorLSI Error

Press the EJECT button and pull out the CD.Check if it is inserted correctly in CD player.Make sure the CD is not scratched or damaged.Press the EJECT button and pull out the CD.Check the CD for damage or deformation.If the CD cannot be pulled out or the errormessage does not disappear after the CD isejected, see a Honda dealer.Consult your Honda dealer.

FOCUS Error

Mechanical Error, or aDVD has been loaded inthe CD player.

High Temperature

Press the EJECT button and pull out the CD.Check if it is inserted correctly in CD player.Make sure the CD is not scratched or damaged.Press the EJECT button and pull out the CD.Check the CD for damage or deformation.If the CD cannot be pulled out or the errormessage does not disappear after the CD isejected, see a Honda dealer.Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.

CD Player Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

EX and EX-L models

Optional on U.S. EX-L model

136

Page 140: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Cause Solution

If you see an error message in thedisplay while operating the CDchanger, find the cause in thefollowing charts. If you cannot clearthe error message, take your vehicleto a Honda dealer.

Error Message

Disc-changermalfunction.

CD magazine ejectionimpossible.Disc is in changermechanism.High Temperature

Misconnection ordisconnection of CDchanger.No CD magazine in theCD changer.No CD in magazine.

If the message disappears within a few seconds,unit is OK. Press the magazine eject button andpull it out, check for an error message, andinsert the magazine again. If the message doesnot disappear or the magazine cannot be pulledout, see a Honda dealer.Press the magazine eject button. If the maga-zine does not eject, see a Honda dealer.Press the magazine eject button, and insert anempty magazine.Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.

See a Honda dealer.

Insert CD magazine.

Insert a CD in the magazine.

CD Changer Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

LX model

137

Page 141: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Error Message Cause Solution

Error Message Cause Solution

System ErrorFOCUS Error

Mechanical Error

Communication Error, LSI ErrorHigh TemperatureNo CD magazine in the CD changerNo CD in the CD magazine

Press the magazine eject button and pull it out, check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does not disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.Press the magazine eject button and pull it out, check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does not disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.See a Honda dealer.Will disappear when the temperature returns to normal.Insert CD magazine.Insert CD.

FOCUS Error

No CD in the CD magazine

Mechanical Error

High Temperature

No CD magazine in the CD changer

Press the magazine eject button, pull it out, and check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does not disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.Insert CD.Press the magazine eject button, pull it out, check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does not disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.Will disappear when the temperature returns to normal.

Insert CD magazine.

CD Changer Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

Optional on U.S. EX-L model

EX and EX-L models

138

Page 142: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a Tape

EX and EX-L models

LX model

Optional on U.S. EX-L model

139

TUNE BAR

REW BUTTON

TAPE BUTTON

PWR/VOLKNOB

SKIP SWITCH PLAY BUTTON

REPEAT BUTTON

EJECT BUTTON

FF BUTTON

DOLBY BUTTON PROG BUTTON

PLAY BUTTON PROG BUTTON

NR BUTTON

CD BUTTON/TAPE BUTTON

SKIP BAR

REPEAT BUTTON

PWR/VOLKNOB

TAPE DIRECTIONINDICATOR

DOLBYINDICATOR

TAPEBUTTON

PROG BUTTON SKIP BAR

TAPE DIRECTIONINDICATOR

CASSETTESLOT

TAPEEJECTBUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB

CASSETTE SLOT

TAPE DIRECTIONINDICATOR

AM/FM BUTTON

Page 143: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Make sure the open side of the tapeis facing right, then insert the tapemost of the way into the slot. Thesystem will pull the tape in the restof the way, and begin to play it.

The tape direction indicator will lightto show you which side of the tape isplaying. The indicates the sideyou inserted upward in now playing.If you want to play the other side,press the PROG button. When theplayer reaches the end of the tape, itwill automatically reverse directionand play the other side.

Dolby noise reduction turns onwhen you insert a tape. The

indicator will come on in thedisplay. If the tape was not recordedin Dolby, turn it off by pressing theNR ( ) button. Dolby remainsoff until you press the NR ( )button again.

To remove the tape, press the tapeEJECT button. If you want to turnthe player off, press the PWR/VOLknob or turn off the ignition. Thetape will remain in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, thetape will begin playing where it leftoff.

When youturn the system back on, the tapewill be in pause mode. Press thePLAY button to resume play.

Youcan remove the tape with ignitionswitch in any position, even if theaudio system is off

To switch to the radio or CD playerwhile a tape is playing, press theAM/FM or CD button. To changeback to the tape player, press theTAPE button (CD button on EX andEX-L).

Dolby noise reduction manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpo-ration. ‘‘DOLBY’’ and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

EX and EX-L models

Optional on U.S. EX-L model

Optional on EX and EX-L models

Playing a Tape

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play a Tape To Stop Playing a Tape

140

Page 144: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-To rewind the tape,

push the REW/Preset 1 ( )button or press and release the

side of the TUNE bar. You willsee REW in the display. To fastforward the tape, push the FF/Preset 3 ( ) button or press andrelease the side of the TUNEbar. You will see FF displayed. Pressthe PLAY button or /

side/button to take the systemout of rewind or fast forward.

Press / side orpush the SKIP switch down to findthe beginning of the current song orpassage. Press / side orpush the SKIP switch up to find thebeginning of the next song orpassage. When the system reachesthe beginning of a song or passage, itbegins to play it.

Press the RPT buttonto continuously play a song orpassage. You will see RPT displayed.The track will repeat until you pressthe RPT button again.

The SKIP and REPEATfunctions use silent periods on thetape to find the end of a song orpassage. These features may notwork if there is almost no gapbetween selections, a high noiselevel, or a silent period in the middleof a selection.

Playing a Tape

Comfort and Convenience Features

Tape Search FunctionsFF/REW

SKIP

REPEAT

141

NOTE:

Page 145: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The tape player picks up dirt andoxides from the tape. Thiscontamination builds up over timeand cause the sound quality todegrade. To prevent this, you shouldclean the player after every 30 hoursof use.

If you do not clean the tape playerregularly, it may eventually becomeimpossible to remove thecontamination with a normalcleaning kit. Your Honda dealer hasa cleaning kit available.

Use 100-minute or shorter tapes.Tapes longer than that may break orjam the drive.

If the tape is loose, tighten it byturning the hub with a pencil or yourfinger. If the label is peeling off,remove it or it could cause the tapeto jam in the player. Never try toinsert a warped or damaged tape inthe player.

Store tapes in their cases to protectthem from dust and moisture. Neverplace tapes where they will beexposed to direct sunlight, high heat,or high humidity. If a tape is exposedto extreme heat or cold, let it reach amoderate temperature beforeinserting it into the player.

Never try to insert foreign objectinto the tape player.

If you see the error message‘‘ ’’ (LX model)/‘‘ ’’(EX and EX-L models)/‘‘ ’’(optional on EX-L model) on thedisplay, press the tape EJECT buttonand remove the tape from the unit.Make sure the tape is not damaged.If the tape will not eject or the errormessage stays on after the tapeejects, take the vehicle to yourHonda dealer.

If a problem develops in the connec-tion between the tape player and theradio, you will see ‘‘ ’’ in thedisplay. Take the vehicle to yourHonda dealer.

On LX model

Playing a Tape

Comfort and Convenience Features

Caring for the player and thetapes

142

Page 146: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▲ ▼

Two controls for the audio systemare mounted in the steering wheelhub. These let you control basicfunctions without removing yourhand from the wheel.

The top and bottom buttons adjustthe volume up ( ) or down ( ).Press the proper button and hold ituntil the desired volume is reached,then release it.

The AUDIO/CH button has threefunctions, depending on whether youare listening to the radio, or playing atape or CD.

If you are listening to the radio, usethe AUDIO/CH button to changestations. Each time you press thisbutton, the system advances to thenext preset station on the band youare listening to. You will see thenumber of the selected preset buttonin the display. To change bands,press the AM/FM button on theaudio system’s front panel.

If you are playing a tape, use theAUDIO/CH button to advance to thenext selection. You will see ‘‘FF’’blinking in the display when youpress the AUDIO/CH button. Thesystem fast forwards until it senses asilent period, then resumes playing.

If you are playing a CD, the systemskips to the beginning of the nexttrack each time you push theAUDIO/CH button. You will see theCD and track number in the display.

On EX and EX-L models

Steering Wheel Controls

Comfort and Convenience Features 143

AUDIO/CHBUTTON

Page 147: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle’s audio system willdisable itself if it is disconnectedfrom electrical power for any reason.To make it work again, you mustenter a specific five-digit code withthe preset buttons. Because thereare hundreds of numbercombinations possible from the fivedigits, making the system workwithout knowing the exact code isnearly impossible.

You should have received a card thatlists your audio system code numberand serial number. It is best to storethis card in a safe place at home. Inaddition, you should write the audiosystem’s serial number in thisOwner’s Manual.

If you should happen to lose the card,you must obtain the code numberfrom a Honda dealer. To do this, youwill need the system’s serial number.

If your vehicle’s battery is discon-nected or goes dead, or the radiofuse is removed, the audio systemwill disable itself. If this happens,you will see ‘‘ ’’ in thefrequency display the next time youturn on the system. Use the presetbuttons to enter the five-digit code.The code is located on the radio codecard included in your Owner’sManual kit. When it is enteredcorrectly, the radio will start playing.

If you make a mistake entering thecode, do not start over; complete thefive-digit sequence, then enter thecorrect code. You have ten tries toenter the correct code. If you areunsuccessful in ten attempts, youmust then leave the system on for 1hour before trying again.

You will have to store your favoritestations in the preset buttons afterthe system begins working. Youroriginal settings were lost when thepower was disconnected.

On EX and EX-L models

Radio Theft Protection

Comfort and Convenience Features144

Page 148: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features 145

REAR PWRBUTTON

RR CTRLKNOB

RR LED

RANDOMBUTTON

PLAYBUTTON

PAUSEBUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBAR

REAR SPEAKERS OFFICON

REAR CONTROL OFF ICON

REAR SYSTEMDISPLAY

REPEATBUTTON

Page 149: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your Honda is equipped with a RearEntertainment System that includesa DVD player for the enjoyment ofthe rear passengers.

With this system, the rearpassengers can enjoy a differententertainment source (radio, tapeplayer, CD player, or DVD player)than the front seat occupants. Theaudio is broadcast through thesupplied wireless headphones.

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) positionto operate the Rear EntertainmentSystem.

Press the REAR PWR button. Toturn on the rear controls (ceilingpanel or remote), press the RRCTRL knob. The system’s iconshows in the right side display. Yourpassengers can then operate the rearsystem with the control panel in theceiling or with the remote control.Press the RR CTRL knob again toturn the rear controls off. You willsee the Rear Controls Off icon in theright display.

The rear system selects the source itwas last set to. If that source hasbeen removed (the DVD has beenejected from the player, for example),you will see ‘‘_ _ _ _’’ in the display.You must select another source.

When you turn on the system, therear speakers are automaticallyturned off. You will see the RearSpeakers Off icon in the display. Thesound for the rear system is sent tothe wireless headphones.

If you want to turn the rear speakerson again, press and hold the REARPWR button until the Rear SpeakersOff icon goes off.

The rear speakers areconnected to the front system, sothey will always play the source thatthe front system is set to.

Optional on EX-L model

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Turn On the System Rear Speakers

146

NOTE:

Page 150: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To operate the rear entertainmentsystem from the front panel, turn theRR CTRL knob clockwise. Theamber RR LED comes on to showthat the control panel is enabled.

To play the radio or tape, the buttonsfor the front entertainment systemhave the same functions.

If a CD is loaded in the main CDplayer or CD changer, select CD/CHG. If the CD is loaded in thelower player, select DVD/AUX.

The DVD player in your RearEntertainment System can play DVDvideo discs and CDs. It featuresDolby noise reduction.

Open the overhead screen bypushing on the button. The screenwill swing down part-way. Pivot thescreen the rest of the way. If youpivot the screen too far forward, pastthe detent, the display will turn off.Pivot the screen back to the detentto turn the display back on. To closethe screen, pivot it up until it latches.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpo-ration. ‘‘DOLBY’’ and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

CONTINUED

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Select Rear Entertainmentfrom the Front Control Panel

Operating the DVD Player fromthe Front Control Panel

147

REAR CONTROLPANEL

BUTTON

OVERHEADSCREEN

Page 151: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-+

Turn the RR CTRL knob clockwise.The amber RR LED will come on toshow that the control panel is nowenabled.

Insert a DVD into the DVD/CDplayer below the front panel.

Push the DVD in halfway, the drivewill pull it in the rest of the way.

Press the PLAY button ifthe DVD does not start playingautomatically.

Press the PAUSE buttonto pause the DVD. Press the buttonagain or press PLAY to resume.Pause works only with the DVDplayer.

Press and hold theside to move forward; you will see

‘‘CUE’’ in the display. Press and holdthe side to move backward; youwill see ‘‘REV’’ in the display.Release the bar when the systemreaches the point you want.

Each time you press and release theside of the SEEK/SKIP bar, the

system skips forward to thebeginning of the next track orchapter. Press and release theside of the bar to skip backward tothe beginning of the current track orchapter. Press it again to skip to the

beginning of the previous track orchapter.

Press the eject button toremove the DVD from the drive.

To return front panel control to thefront audio system, turn the RRCTRL knob counterclockwise.

PLAY

PAUSE

SEEK/SKIP

EJECT

To Return to Front AudioControls

Comfort and Convenience Features

Rear Entertainment System

148

DVD SLOT DVD EJECTBUTTON

Page 152: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Use these buttons to select theentertainment source (radio, tapeplayer, CD player/CD changer, orDVD player/Auxiliary device). Theselected source will be shown in thedisplay. Make sure the rear controloperation has not been disabled withthe RR CTRL knob on the frontpanel.

Use the and buttons toselect from the stations on the radiopreset buttons. Pressing the or

button will cause the system tosearch up or down the band for astation with a strong signal. You willsee SEEK in the display.

On the rear control panel, use thePLAY/PAUSE/PROG button toreverse the tape direction. Press the

button to skip forward tobeginning of the next song or

passage. You will see FF flashing inthe display. Press the button toskip backward to the beginning ofthe current song or passage. You willsee REV flashing in the display.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Using the Rear Control Panel

To Play the Radio from the RearControl Panel

To Play a Tape from the RearControl Panel

149

SOURCE SELECTIONBUTTONS

REAR CONTROLSOFF INDICATOR

MENUBUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBUTTON

CH/DISKBUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBUTTON

CH/DISKBUTTON

ENT BUTTONPLAY/PAUSE/PROGBUTTON

Page 153: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-▼

▲▼

If a CD is loaded in the main CDplayer or CD changer, select it bypressing the CD/CHG button. If theCD is loaded in the DVD player,press the DVD/AUX button.

Press the button to skip to thebeginning of the next track. Pressthe button to return to thebeginning of the current track. If thechanger is selected, use the and

buttons to change discs.

Press the RPT buttonto continuously replay the currenttrack. You will see RPT in the display.Press the button again to turn it off.

To play the tracks within aCD in random order, press the RDMbutton. You will see RDM in thedisplay. Press the button again tocancel RDM.

The video screen is for use by rearseat passengers only. The driver andfront seat passenger should not tryto view the screen while driving.

Open the overhead screen bypushing the open button. The screenwill swing down partway. Pivot thescreen the rest of the way. If youpivot the screen past the detent, thedisplay will turn off. To close thescreen, pivot it up until it latches.

Pressthis button when you want to pausethe DVD. Press this button again togo back to PLAY.

Press thebutton to skip to the beginning

of the next chapter. Press thebutton to skip back to the

beginning of the current chapter.

To select the menuon the DVD, press the MENUbutton. Use the , , ,and buttons to move to thedesired menu selection, then pressthe ENT button to enter yourselection.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play a CD from the RearControl Panel

REPEAT

RDM

To Play a DVD from the RearControl Panel

PLAY/PAUSE/PROG

SEEK/SKIP

MENU/ENT

150

REAR CONTROLPANEL

BUTTON

OVERHEADSCREEN

Page 154: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You can use the remote control toselect the entertainment source(radio, tape player, CD player, orDVD player/Auxiliary device). Theselected source will be shown in thedisplay.Make sure the rear control operationhas not been disabled with the RRCTRL knob on the front panel.

The PLAY/PROG, PAUSE, SKIP,and FWD/REW buttons work thesame function as the front and rearcontrol panel buttons.

The PLAY/PROG, PAUSE, SKIP,and FWD/REW buttons work thesame as the front and rear controlpanel buttons.

When using the remote control,point it at the rear control panel inthe ceiling.

CONTINUED

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Using the Remote Control

To Play a DVD

To Play a Tape, CD, or Radio

151

SOURCE SELECTIONBUTTONS

SEEK/SKIP BUTTONS

DISP BUTTON

RETURN (T/C) BUTTON

REW/FWD BUTTONS

STOP BUTTON

PAUSE BUTTON

PLAY/PROG BUTTON

MENU BUTTON

SUBTITLE BUTTON

AUDIO BUTTON

ANGLE BUTTON

TITLE BUTTON

Page 155: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

▼▲

Press this buttonto stop playing a DVD.

Some DVDs have menus that allowyou to select a dubbed language,subtitles, a chapter list, previews, etc.The menu contents will vary fromDVD to DVD.

Use the , , , andbuttons to select the desired

menu option. Then press ENT toenter your selection. Use the

and buttons to changepages. You can also use thenumbered buttons to enter the two-digit number of a menu option. Youdo not have to press ENT. Press thebutton again to close the window.

Many DVDs are recorded withsubtitles or dubbed in multiplelanguages. To select subtitles, pressthe SUBTITLE button. To select adifferent language than the onebeing heard, press the AUDIObutton. Continue to press andrelease the SUBTITLE or AUDIObutton to scan through all availablelanguages.

To change thecolor, contrast, aspect ratio, andbrightness of the video screen, pressthe DISP button. The current settingof one will be displayed on thescreen each time you press thebutton. Use the and

buttons to change the settingas desired. The display will disappearfrom the screen several secondsafter you stop adjusting the setting.

On some DVDs,the scenes are recorded by morethan one camera, giving differentviewpoints of the same scene. Bypressing the Angle button, you canselect a different viewpoint.

In theMENU selection mode, pressing theRETURN button for less than twoseconds changes the MENU displayto the previous page.Pressing the RETURN button formore than two seconds while a DVDis playing brings the system into theTITLE enter mode. When you enteryour selection, the DVD player willstart playing from the selected title.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

STOP Button

MENU and TITLE Buttons

SUBTITLES and AUDIO Buttons

DISP Button

ANGLE Button

RETURN (T/C) Button

152

Page 156: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The remote control uses twoAA batteries. To replace thebatteries, put a coin in the notch onthe back. Turn it one-quarter, thenslide the cover off. Remove the oldbatteries. Make sure the polarity ofthe new batteries is correct whenyou install them. Slide the cover onuntil it locks.

As required by the FCC: This devicecomplies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interferencereceived, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Replaceing the Remote ControlBatteries

153

BATTERIES

COVER

Page 157: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When you are not using the remotecontrol, store it in holder in the frontseat-back pocket.

There are various types of DVDsavailable. Some of them are notcompatible with your system.

The DVD player in your RearEntertainment System can playDVDs and CDs bearing the abovemarks on their packages or jackets.

Those packages or jackets shouldalso bear the designation of ‘‘1’’ or‘‘ALL’’. DVD-ROMs cannot be playedin this system.

The tips on how to handle andprotect DVDs are basically the sameas those for compact discs. Refer to‘‘Protecting Your CDs’’ on page .135

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Storing the Remote Control Playable DVDs

Protecting DVDs

154

HOLDER

Page 158: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you see an error message in thedisplay while operating the DVDplayer, find the cause in the chart tothe right. If you cannot clear themessage, take your vehicle to aHonda dealer.

Message Cause Solution

FOCUS Error

Mechanical Error, or aDVD has been loaded inthe CD player

High Temperature

Low Vehicle BatteryVoltage

Press the EJECT button and pull out the DVD.Check if it is inserted correctly in the DVDPlayer. Make sure the DVD is not scratched ordamaged.Press the EJECT button and pull out the DVD.Check it for damage or deformation.If the DVD cannot be pulled out, or the errormessage does not disappear after the DVD isejected, see a Honda dealer.Do not try to force the DVD out of the player.Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.Run the engine to recharge the battery.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

DVD Player Error Messages

155

Page 159: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Some state and local governmentagencies prohibit the use ofheadphones by the driver of a motorvehicle. Always obey applicable lawsand regulations.

The audio for the rear entertainmentsystem is sent to the wirelessheadphones that come with thesystem. To turn on the headphones,press the red button on the earpiece.Adjust the volume level with the dialat the bottom of the same earpiece.

To adjust the comfort of theheadphones, slide the earpieces upor down the headband.

For greater battery life, turn off theheadphones when they are not in useby pressing the red button again.They will turn off automatically ifthey do not receive an audio signalfrom the system for several minutes.When not in use, store theheadphones in the pocket on theback of either front seat.

Each headphone uses two AAAbatteries. The batteries are underthe domed covers on the back ofeach earpiece. To remove a cover,put a coin in the notch at the bottomof the earpiece, and turn it one-quarter to pop up the cover. Slide theupper side of the cover backward(away from the headband), then liftit up.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Wireless Headphones Replacing Batteries

156

ON/OFF BUTTONVOLUMEDIAL

Page 160: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Remove the batteries and note theirpolarity. Install the new batteries inthe earpiece with the same polarity.Set the cover in place, then slide it upuntil it locks.

Auxiliary input jacks and headphoneconnectors for the rearentertainment system are under thethird seat armrest on the driver’sside. To access these connectors,open the cover by pulling up on thelever.

The system will accept auxiliaryinputs from standard video gamesand video equipment.Some video game power suppliesmay cause poor picture quality.

V = Video jackL = Left audio jackR = Right audio jack

CONTINUED

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Auxiliary Input Jacks

157

COVER

BATTERY

ARMREST LEVER

AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS

Page 161: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

There are three headphoneconnectors for the third seatpassengers. Each connector has itsown volume control.

Rear Entertainment System

Comfort and Convenience Features158

VOLUME DIALS

HEADPHONE CONNECTORS

Page 162: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The security system helps to protectyour vehicle and valuables from theft.The horn sounds and a combinationof headlights, parking lights, sidemarker lights and taillights flashes ifsomeone attempts to break into yourvehicle or remove the radio. Thisalarm continues for two minutes,then the alarm stops. To reset analarming system before the twominutes have elapsed, unlock eitherfront door with the key or theremote transmitter.

The security system automaticallysets 15 seconds after you lock thedoors, hood, and the tailgate. For thesystem to activate, you must lock thedoors from the outside with the key,the lock tab, the door lock switch, orthe remote transmitter. The securitysystem indicator next to the low oilpressure indicator starts blinkingimmediately to show you the systemis setting itself.

Once the security system is set,opening any door without using thekey or the remote transmitter, or thehood, will cause it to alarm. It alsoalarms if the radio is removed fromthe dashboard or the wiring is cut.

With the system set, you can stillopen the tailgate with the master keyor the remote transmitter withouttriggering the alarm. The alarm willsound if the tailgate lock is forced, orsmashed.

The security system will not set ifthe hood, tailgate, or any door is notfully closed. If the system will not set,check the Door Lamp Monitor onthe instrument panel (see page ),to see if the doors and the tailgateare fully closed. Since it is not part ofthe monitor display, manually checkthe hood.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it.

63

On EX and EX-L models

Comfort and Convenience Features

Security System

159

SECURITY SYSTEMINDICATOR

Page 163: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Cruise control allows you to maintaina set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h)without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal. It should be usedfor cruising on straight, openhighways. It is not recommended forcity driving, winding roads, slipperyroads, heavy rain, or bad weather.

Push in the Cruise Control MasterSwitch. The indicator in the switchwill come on.

Accelerate to the desired cruisingspeed above 25 mph (40 km/h).

Press and release the SET/decelbutton on the steering wheel. TheCRUISE CONTROL indicator onthe instrument panel comes on toshow the system is now activated.

1.

2.

3.

Using the Cruise Control

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features160

CRUISE CONTROL MASTER SWITCH RESUME/accel

CANCEL

SET/decel

Improper use of the cruisecontrol can lead to a crash.

Use the cruise control onlywhen traveling on openhighways in good weather.

Page 164: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The cruise control may not hold theset speed when you are going up anddown hills. If your speed increasesgoing down a hill, use the brakes toslow down. This will cancel thecruise control. To resume the setspeed, press the RESUME/accelbutton. The CRUISE CONTROLindicator on the instrument panel willcome back on.

When climbing a steep hill, theautomatic transmission maydownshift to hold the set speed.

You can increase the set cruisingspeed in any of these ways:

Push on the accelerator pedal.Accelerate to the desired cruisingspeed and press the SET/decelbutton.

To increase your speed in verysmall amounts, tap the RESUME/accel button. Each time you dothis, the vehicle will speed upabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

You can decrease the set cruisingspeed in any of these ways:

Press and hold the SET/decelbutton. Release the button whenyou reach the desired speed.

To slow down in very smallamounts, tap the SET/decelbutton. Each time you do this,your vehicle will slow down about1 mph (1.6 km/h).

Tap the brake pedal lightly withyour foot. The CRUISECONTROL indicator on theinstrument panel will go out.When the vehicle slows to thedesired speed, press the SET/decel button.

Press and hold the RESUME/accel button. When you reach thedesired cruising speed, release thebutton.

CONTINUED

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Changing the Set Speed

161

Page 165: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Even with the cruise control turnedon, you can still use the acceleratorpedal to speed up for passing. Aftercompleting the pass, take your footoff the accelerator pedal. The vehiclewill return to the set cruising speed.

You can cancel the cruise control inany of these ways:

Tap the brake pedal.

Push the CANCEL button on thesteering wheel.

Press the Cruise Control MasterSwitch.

When you push the CANCEL button,or tap the brake pedal, the systemwill remember the previously setcruising speed. To return to thatspeed, accelerate to above 25 mph(40 km/h) and then press andrelease the RESUME/accel button.The CRUISE CONTROL indicatorcomes on. The vehicle will accelerateto the same cruising speed as before.

Pressing the Cruise Control MasterSwitch turns the system completelyoff and erases the previous cruisingspeed.

Resting your foot on the brake pedalwill cause the cruise control tocancel.

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Cancelling the Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed

162

CANCELBUTTON

Page 166: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-The HomeLink UniversalTransceiver built into your vehiclecan be programmed to operate up tothree remote controlled devicesaround your home, such as garagedoors, lighting, or home securitysystems.

If you are training HomeLink tooperate a garage door or gate, youshould unplug the motor for thatdevice during training. Repeatedlypressing the remote control buttoncould burn out the motor.

The HomeLink transceiver storesthe code in a permanent memory.There should be no need to retrainthe transmitter if your vehicle’sbattery goes dead or is disconnected.If your garage door opener wasmanufactured before April 1982, youmay not be able to programHomeLink to operate it. They do not

have the safety feature that causesthe motor to stop and reverse if anobstacle is detected during closing,increasing the risk of injury.

HomeLink is a registeredtrademark of Johnson Controls .

If you justreceived your vehicle and have nottrained any of the buttons inHomeLink before, you should eraseany previously learned codes beforetraining the first button.

To do this, press and hold the twooutside buttons on the HomeLinktransceiver for about 20 seconds, oruntil the red light flashes. Releasethe buttons, then proceed to Step 1.

If you are training the second orthird buttons, go directly to Step 1.

Always refer to the openinginstructions and safety informationthat came with your garage dooropener or other equipment youintend to operate with the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver. If you do nothave this information, you shouldcontact the manufacturer of theequipment.

CONTINUED

On EX and EX-L models

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features

General Information

Training HomeLink

Important Safety Precautions

Before you begin

163

TM

Page 167: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Unplug the garage door openermotor from the house current.

Hold the end of the garage dooropener remote control 2 to 5inches from HomeLink. Makesure you are not blocking yourview of the red light in HomeLink.

Press and hold the remote controlbutton and one of the HomeLinkbuttons at the same time.

The remote controlyou are training from may stop trans-mitting after 2 seconds. This is notenough for HomeLink to learn thecode. Release and press the buttonon the remote control every 2seconds until HomeLink has learnedthe code.

The red light in HomeLink shouldbegin flashing. It will flash slowlyat first, then rapidly.

When the red light flashes rapidly,release both buttons. HomeLinkshould have learned the code fromthe remote control.

Plug in the garage door openermotor, then test the HomeLinktransceiver button by pushing it. Ifthe button does not work, repeatthe procedure to train it again. If itstill does not work, you may have avariable or rolling code garagedoor opener. See if you do bypressing and holding theHomeLink transceiver button youjust trained. If the red light blinksfor two seconds then stays on, youhave a rolling code garage dooropener. Go to ‘‘Training with aRolling Code System’’ (see page

).

Repeat these steps to train theother two HomeLink buttons tooperate any other remotelycontrolled devices around yourhome (lighting, automatic gate,security system, etc.).

2.

3.

1. 4.

5. 7.

6.

165

Canadian Owners:

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features164

Page 168: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

For security purposes, newer garagedoor opening systems use a ‘‘rolling’’or variable code. Information fromthe remote control and the garagedoor opener are needed beforeHomeLink can operate the garagedoor opener.

The ‘‘Training HomeLink’’procedure trains HomeLink to theproper garage door opener code.The following proceduresynchronizes HomeLink to thegarage door opener so they send andreceive the correct codes.

Make sure you have properlycompleted the ‘‘TrainingHomeLink’’ procedure.

Find the ‘‘Training’’ button on yourgarage door opener unit. Thelocation will vary, depending onthe manufacturer.

Press the Training button on thegarage door opener unit until thelight next to the button comes on,then release it. The light may blink,or come on and stay on. You thenhave approximately 30 seconds tocomplete the following steps.

Press and hold the button onHomeLink for 3 4 seconds.

Press and hold the HomeLinkbutton again for 3 4 seconds.This should turn off the traininglight on the garage door openerunit. (Some systems may requireyou to press the button up to threetimes.)

Press the HomeLink button again.It should operate the garage door.

6.

2.

4.

5.

1.

3.

Training With a Rolling CodeSystem

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features 165

TRAINING BUTTON

Page 169: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To erase the codes stored in all threebuttons, press and hold the twooutside buttons until the red lightbegins to flash, then release thebuttons.

You should erase all three codesbefore selling the vehicle.

To train an already programmedtransceiver button with a new device,you do not have to erase all thememory. Train the selected buttonover the existing memory codefollowing the steps under

.

If you have problems with trainingthe HomeLink Universal Transceiver,or would like information on homeproducts that can be operated by thetransmitter, call (800) 355-3515. Onthe Internet, go to www.homelink.com.

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features

Erasing Codes

Retraining a Button

TrainingHomeLink

Customer Assistance

166

Page 170: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Before you begin driving your Honda,you should know what gasoline touse, and how to check the levels ofimportant fluids. You also need toknow how to properly store luggageor packages. The information in thissection will help you. If you plan toadd any accessories to your vehicle,please read the information in thissection first.

..............................Break-in period . 168...............................Gasoline Type . 168

.........Service Station Procedures . 169...............................Fuel Economy . 173

....................................Accessories . 174.................................Modifications . 175

.............................Carrying Cargo . 176

Before Driving

Before Driving 167

Page 171: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Help assure your vehicle’s futurereliability and performance by payingextra attention to how you driveduring the first 600 miles (1,000 km).During this period:

Avoid full throttle starts and rapidacceleration.

Avoid hard braking for the first200 miles (300 km).

Do not change the oil until thescheduled maintenance time.

We also recommend that you shouldnot tow a trailer during the first 500miles (800 km).

Your Honda is designed to operateon unleaded gasoline with a pumpoctane number of 86 or higher. Useof a lower octane gasoline can causea persistent, heavy, metallic rappingnoise in the engine that can lead tomechanical failure.

We recommend gasolines containingdetergent additives that help preventfuel system and engine deposits.

Using gasoline containing lead willdamage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols. This contributes to airpollution.

Use of gasoline with these additivesmay adversely affect performance,and cause the Malfunction IndicatorLamp on your instrument panel tocome on. If this happens, contactyour authorized Honda dealer forservice.

Some gasoline today is blended withoxygenates such as ethanol orMTBE. Your vehicle is designed tooperate on oxygenated gasolinecontaining up to 10 percent ethanolby volume and up to 15 percentMTBE by volume. Do not usegasoline containing methanol.

In addition, in order to maintain goodperformance, fuel economy, andemissions control, we stronglyrecommend, in areas where it isavailable, the use of gasoline thatdoes NOT contain manganese-basedfuel additives such as MMT.

You should also follow these samerecommendations with anoverhauled or exchanged engine, orwhen the brakes are replaced.

If you notice any undesirableoperating symptoms, try anotherservice station or switch to anotherbrand of gasoline.

For further important fuel-relatedinformation, please refer to your

.

Break-in Period, Gasoline Type

Before Driving

Break-in Period Gasoline Type

Quick Start Guide

168

Page 172: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the fuel fill door by pullingon the handle to the left of thedriver’s seat.

Before refueling, make sure the rearsliding door on the driver’s side isclosed.

Remove the fuel fill cap slowly.You may hear a hissing sound aspressure inside the tank escapes.Place the cap in the holder on thefuel fill door.

Stop filling the tank after the fuelnozzle automatically clicks off. Donot try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. Leavesome room for the fuel to expandwith temperature changes.

eventhough the tank is not full, there maybe a problem with your vehicle’s fuelvapor recovery system. The systemhelps keep fuel vapors from goinginto the atmosphere. Consult yourdealer.

Park with the driver’s side closestto the service station pump.

1.

2.

3.

4.

If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off

CONTINUED

Refueling

Before Driving

Service Station Procedures

169

Pull

FUEL FILL CAP

Gasoline is highly flammableand explosive. You can beburned or seriously injuredwhen handling fuel.

Stop the engine and keepheat, sparks, and flamesaway.Handle fuel only outdoors.Wipe up spills immediately.

Page 173: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Screw the fuel fill cap back onuntil it clicks at least three times.If you do not properly tighten thecap, the Malfunction IndicatorLamp may come on (see page

).

Push the fuel fill door closed untilit latches.

Park the vehicle, and set theparking brake. Pull the hoodrelease handle located under thelower left corner of the dashboard.The hood will pop up slightly.

Put your fingers under the frontedge of the hood. The hood latchhandle is above the ‘‘H’’ logo. Pullup on this handle until it releasesthe hood. Lift the hood.

If the hood latch handle moves stiffly,or if you can open the hood withoutlifting the handle, the mechanismshould be cleaned and lubricated(see page ).

1.

5.

6.

253

2.

220

Opening the Hood

Before Driving

Service Station Procedures

170

HOOD RELEASE HANDLE

LATCH

Page 174: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Pull the support rod out of its clipand insert the end into the hole onthe driver’s side of the hood.

Lift it up slightly to remove thesupport rod from the hole. Put thesupport rod back into its holding clip.Lower the hood to about a foot (30cm) above the fender, then let itdrop. Make sure it is securelylatched.

Wait a few minutes after turning theengine off before you check the oil.

Remove the dipstick (orangehandle).

Wipe off the dipstick with a cleancloth or paper towel.

Insert it all the way back in its hole.

Remove the dipstick again andcheck the level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If it is near or below the lower mark,see on page .

1.

3.

2.

3.

4.

211

Before Driving

To Close the Hood:

Oil Check

Adding Oil

Service Station Procedures

171

DIPSTICK

SUPPORT ROD

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

Page 175: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Look at the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Make sure it isbetween the MAX and MIN lines. Ifit is below the MIN line, see

on page forinformation on adding the propercoolant.

Refer toon page for information

on checking other items in yourHonda.

214

204

AddingEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant Check Owner’s MaintenanceChecks

Before Driving

Service Station Procedures

172

MAX RESERVE TANK

MIN

Page 176: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Always maintain your vehicleaccording to the maintenanceschedule. See

(see page).

an underinflated tirecauses more ‘‘rolling resistance,’’which uses fuel.

The build-up of snow or mud onyour vehicle’s underside addsweight and rolling resistance.Frequent cleaning helps your fuelmileage and reduces the chance ofcorrosion.

Drive moderately. Rapidacceleration, abrupt cornering,and hard braking use more fuel.

Always drive in the highest gearpossible.

Try to maintain a constant speed.Every time you slow down andspeed up, your vehicle uses extrafuel. Use the cruise control whenappropriate.

Combine several short trips intoone.

The air conditioning puts an extraload on the engine which makes ituse more fuel. Use the fresh-airventilation when possible.

204

For example,

Fuel Economy

Before Driving

Improving Fuel Economy

Owner’sMaintenance Checks

173

Page 177: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Modifying your vehicle, or installingsome non-Honda accessories, canmake your vehicle unsafe. Beforeyou make any modifications or addany accessories, be sure to read thefollowing information.

Your dealer has Honda accessoriesthat allow you to personalize yourvehicle. These accessories havebeen designed and approved for yourvehicle, and are covered by warranty.

Although aftermarket accessoriesmay fit on your vehicle, they may notmeet factory specifications, andcould adversely affect your vehicle’shandling and stability. (See‘‘Modifications’’ on page foradditional information.)

When properly installed, cellularphones, alarms, two-way radios, andlow-powered audio systems shouldnot interfere with your vehicle’scomputer controlled systems, suchas the SRS and anti-lock brakesystem.

Before installing any accessory:

Make sure the accessory does notobscure any lights, or interferewith proper vehicle operation orperformance.

Be sure electronic accessories donot overload electrical circuits(see page ) or interfere withproper operation.

Have the installer contact yourHonda dealer for assistance beforeinstalling any electronic accessory.

257

175

Accessories

Accessories

Before Driving174

Improper accessories ormodifications can affect yourvehicle’s handling, stability, andperformance, and cause acrash in which you can be hurtor killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingaccessories and modifications.

Page 178: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Removing parts from your vehicle,or replacing components with non-Honda (aftermarket) componentscould seriously affect your vehicle’shandling, stability, and reliability.

Some examples are:Lowering the vehicle with anaftermarket suspension kit thatsignificantly reduces groundclearance can allow theundercarriage to hit speed bumpsor other raised objects, whichcould cause the airbags to deploy.

Raising your vehicle with anaftermarket suspension kit canaffect the handling and stability.

Aftermarket wheels, because theyare a universal design, can causeexcessive stress on suspensioncomponents.

Larger or smaller wheels and tirescan interfere with the operation ofyour vehicle’s anti-lock brakes andother systems.

Do not modify your steering wheelor any other part of yourSupplemental Restraint System.Modifications could make thesystem ineffective. See the safetyprecautions on page .

If you plan to modify your vehicle,consult with your Honda dealer.

Any objectattached to or placed on the coversmarked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’ in thecenter of the steering wheel andon top of the dashboard, couldinterfere with the proper operationof the airbags. Or, if the airbagsinflate, the objects could bepropelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone.

If a side airbaginflates, a cup holder or other hardobject attached on or near thedoor could be propelled inside thevehicle and hurt someone.

This could prevent theairbag from inflating properly.

34

Modifications

Before Driving

Modifying Your Vehicle Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not attach or place objects onthe front airbag covers.

Do not attach hard objects on ornear a front door.

Do not place any objects over orreplace the outside edge of a frontseat-back.

175

Page 179: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

*Your vehicle has several convenientstorage areas:

Glove boxFront door and seat-back pocketsRear cargo area, including thesecond row seats when removed,and the third row seat when foldedflatCenter pocketRear compartmentStorage box (EX and EX-Lmodels)Roof-rack (if installed)

However, carrying too much cargo,or improperly storing it, can affectyour vehicle’s handling, stability,stopping distance, and tires, andmake it unsafe. Before carrying anytype of cargo, be sure to read thefollowing pages.

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving176

REAR COMPARTMENT FRONT DOOR POCKET

CENTER POCKET

GLOVE BOX

STORAGE BOX

SEAT-BACK POCKET

EX and EX-L models onlyCARGO AREA

SEAT-BACK POCKETS

Page 180: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

×

The maximum load for your vehicleis 1,158 lbs (525 kg). This figureincludes the total weight of alloccupants, cargo, accessories, andthe tongue weight if you are towing atrailer.

To determine the correct cargo andluggage load limit:

Locate the statement, ‘‘thecombined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed 1,158lbs (525 kg)’’ on your vehicle’splacard (on the driver’s doorjamb).

Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.(Seven is the seating capacity ofyour vehicle.)

Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from1,158 lbs (525 kg).

The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity.

For example, if there will be five 150lbs (70 kg) occupants in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 408 lbs (175kg).5 150 lbs (70 kg) = 750 lbs (350kg)1,158 lbs (525 kg) 750 lbs (350 kg)= 408 lbs (175 kg)

Determine the combined weightof accessories, luggage, and cargobeing loaded in the vehicle. Theweight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4 [408lbs (175 kg) in this example].

If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, the load from your trailerwill be transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

The total weight must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The load for the front andrear axles also must not exceed theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)(see page ).

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

195

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving 177

Overloading or improperloading can affect handling andstability and cause a crash inwhich you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and otherloading guidelines in thismanual.

Page 181: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Store or secure all items that couldbe thrown around and hurtsomeone during a crash.

Be sure items placed on the floorbehind the front seats cannot rollunder the seats and interfere withthe pedals or seat operation.

Keep the glove box closed whiledriving. If it is open, a passengercould injure their knees during acrash or sudden stop.

Distribute cargo evenly on thefloor of the cargo area, placing theheaviest items on the bottom andas far forward as possible. Tiedown items that could be thrownabout the vehicle during a crash orsudden stop.

If you carry large items thatprevent you from closing thetailgate, exhaust gas can enter thepassenger area. To avoid thepossibility of

, follow the instructionson page .

If you carry any items on a rooftop carrier, be sure the totalweight of the rack and the itemsdoes not exceed 150 lb (68 kg).

If you use an accessory roof topcarrier, the roof top carrier weightlimit may be lower. Refer to theinformation that came with your rooftop carrier.

54

Carrying Items in the PassengerCompartment

carbon monoxidepoisoning

Carrying Cargo in the Cargo Areaor on a Roof Top Carrier

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving178

Page 182: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The side cargo net can be installedon the driver’s side panel in thecargo area to secure small items. Toinstall the side cargo net, hook eachloop on the four corners of the net tothe tabs on the left side panel. Whenyou fold down the third seat, storethe head restraints in the side cargonet.

You can use the cargo net to secureitems in the cargo area, and storesmall items between the two halvesof the net. To install the cargo net,hook the loops on the four corners ofthe net to the tabs at both sides ofthe tailgate sill.

There are cargo hooks for plasticgrocery bags on the back of the thirdrow seat. They are designed to holdlight items. Heavy objects maydamage the hooks.

On EX and EX-L models

Carrying Cargo

Side Cargo Net Cargo Net Cargo Hooks

Before Driving 179

CARGO HOOKS

Page 183: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

180

Page 184: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This section gives you tips onstarting the engine under variousconditions, and how to operate theautomatic transmission. It alsoincludes important information onparking your vehicle, the brakingsystem, the Traction Control System,and facts you need if you areplanning to tow a trailer.

........................Preparing to Drive . 182.......................Starting the Engine . 183

..............Automatic Transmission . 184..................................Parking Tips . 188

.............................Braking System . 189...............Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) . 190

..Traction Control System (TCS) . 192...........................Towing a Trailer . 194

Driving

Driving 181

Page 185: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You should do the following checksand adjustments before you driveyour vehicle.

Make sure all windows, mirrors,and outside lights are clean andunobstructed. Remove frost, snow,or ice.

Check that the hood is fully closed.

Visually check the tires. If a tirelooks low, use a gauge to check itspressure.

Check that any items you may becarrying are stored properly orfastened down securely.

Check the seat adjustment (seepage ).

Check the adjustment of theinside and outside mirrors (seepage ).

Check the steering wheeladjustment (see page ).

Make sure the doors and thetailgate are securely closed andlocked.

Fasten your seat belt. Check thatyour passengers have fastenedtheir seat belts (see page ).

When you start the engine, checkthe gauges and indicators in theinstrument panel (see page ).

3.

2.

1.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

88

102

74

14

60

Preparing to Drive

Driving182

Page 186: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Apply the parking brake.

In cold weather, turn off allelectrical accessories to reducethe drain on the battery.

Make sure the shift lever is inPark. Press on the brake pedal.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key to theSTART (III) position. Do not holdthe key in START for more than15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start right away, pausefor at least 10 seconds beforetrying again.

If the engine does not start within15 seconds, or starts but stallsright away, repeat step 4 with theaccelerator pedal pressed halfwaydown. If the engine starts, releasepressure on the accelerator pedalso the engine does not race.

If the engine fails to start, pressthe accelerator pedal all the waydown and hold it there whilestarting to clear flooding. If theengine still does not start, returnto step 5.

5.

6.1.

2.

3.

4.

Starting the Engine

Driving 183

NOTICE: The engine is harder to startin cold weather. Also, the thinner airf ound at altitudes above 8,000 f eet(2,400 meters) adds to this problem.

Page 187: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

These indicators on the instrumentpanel show which position the shiftlever is in.

The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for afew seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II). If itflashes while driving (in any shiftposition), it indicates a possibleproblem in the transmission.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on along with the ‘‘D’’indicator, there is a problem in theautomatic transmission controlsystem. Avoid rapid acceleration andhave the transmission checked by aHonda dealer as soon as possible.

To shift from any position, pressfirmly on the brake pedal and pullthe lever towards you. You cannotshift out of Park when the ignition

switch is in the LOCK (0) orACCESSORY (I) position.

To shift from:

P to R

R to PN to RD to 22 to 11 to 2

2 to DD to DD to ND to DN to DR to N

Do this:Press the brake pedal andpull the shift lever towardsyou.

Pull the shift lever towardsyou.

Move the lever.

3

3

3

3

Automatic Transmission

Driving

Shift Lever Position Indicators

Shifting

184

SHIFT LEVER

Page 188: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -

This position mechani-cally locks the transmission. UsePark whenever you are turning off orstarting the engine. To shift out ofPark, you must press on the brakepedal and have your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Pull the shift levertowards you, then move it out ofPark.

If you have done all of the above andstill cannot move the lever out ofPark, see Shift Lock Release on page

.

You must also pull the shift levertowards you to shift into Park. Toavoid transmission damage, come toa complete stop before shifting intoPark. The shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

Press the brakepedal and pull the shift lever towardsyou to shift from Park to Reverse. Toshift from Reverse to Natural, cometo a complete stop and then shift.

Use Neutral if youneed to restart a stalled engine, or ifit is necessary to stop briefly withthe engine idling. Shift to the Parkposition if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason. Press on thebrake pedal when you are movingthe shift lever from Neutral toanother gear.

Use this position fornormal driving. The transmissionautomatically selects a suitable gearfor your speed and acceleration. Youmay notice the transmission shiftingup at higher speeds when the engineis cold. This helps the engine warmup faster.

This position is similarto D, except only the first threegears are selected instead of all five.Use D when towing a trailer in hillyterrain, or to provide engine brakingwhen going down a steep hill. D canalso keep the transmission fromcycling between third and fourthgears in stop-and-go driving.

This position locksthe transmission in second gear. Itdoes not downshift to first gearwhen you come to a stop.

Use Second gear:For more power when climbing.To increase engine braking whengoing down steep hills.For starting out on a slipperysurface or in deep snow.When driving downhill with atrailer.

186

3

3

CONTINUED

Automatic Transmission

Driving

Park (P) Reverse (R)

Neutral (N)

Drive (D)

Drive (D )

Second (2)

3

185

Page 189: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- To shift from Second toFirst, pull the shift lever towards you,then shift to the lower gear. With thelever in this position, thetransmission locks in First gear. Byupshifting and downshifting through1, 2, D , and D, you can operate thetransmission much like a manualtransmission without a clutch pedal.

If you exceed the maximum speedfor the gear you are in, the enginespeed will enter into the tachometer’sred zone. If this occurs, you may feelthe engine cut in and out. This iscaused by a limiter in the engine’scomputer controls. The engine willrun normally when you reduce theRPM below the red zone.

This allows you to move the shiftlever out of Park if the normalmethod of pushing on the brakepedal and pulling the shift lever doesnot work.

Set the Parking brake.

Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

1.

2.

3

Automatic Transmission

Driving

First (1) Engine Speed Limiter Shift Lock Release

186

Page 190: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Place a cloth on the edge of theShift Lock Release slot cover.Using a small flat-tippedscrewdriver or a metal fingernailfile, carefully pry on the edge ofthe cover to remove it.

Remove the key from the ShiftLock Release slot, then install thecover. Press the brake pedal, andrestart the engine.

If you need to use the Shift LockRelease, it means your vehicle isdeveloping a problem. Have itchecked by a Honda dealer.

Insert the key in the Shift LockRelease slot.

Push down on the key while youpull the shift lever towards youand move it out of Park to Neutral.

5.

6.

4.3.

Automatic Transmission

Driving 187

SHIFT LOCK RELEASE SLOT COVER

Page 191: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Always use the parking brake whenyou park your vehicle. Make surethe parking brake is set firmly oryour vehicle may roll if it is parkedon an incline.

Set the parking brake before you putthe transmission in Park. This keepsthe vehicle from moving and puttingpressure on the parking mechanismin the transmission.

Make sure the windows are closed.

Turn off the lights.

Place any packages, valuables, etc.in the cargo area, or take themwith you.

Lock the doors and the tailgate.

Never park over dry leaves, tallgrass, or other flammablematerials. The hot three waycatalytic converter could causethese materials to catch on fire.

If the vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb.

If the vehicle is facing downhill,turn the front wheels toward thecurb.

Make sure the parking brake isfully released before driving away.Driving with the parking brakepartially set can overheat ordamage the rear brakes.

Driving

Parking Tips

Parking Tips

188

Page 192: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your Honda is equipped with discbrakes at all four wheels. A powerassist helps reduce the effort neededon the brake pedal. The ABS helpsyou retain steering control whenbraking very hard.

Resting your foot on the pedal keepsthe brakes applied lightly, builds upheat, and reduces their effectiveness.It also keeps your brake lights on allthe time, confusing drivers behindyou.

Constant application of the brakeswhen going down a long hill buildsup heat and reduces their effective-ness. Use the engine to assist thebrakes by taking your foot off theaccelerator and downshifting to alower gear.

Check the brakes after drivingthrough deep water. Apply thebrakes moderately to see if they feelnormal. If not, apply them gently andfrequently until they do. Be extracautious in your driving.

The hydraulic system that operatesthe brakes has two separate circuits.Each circuit works diagonally acrossthe vehicle (the left-front brake isconnected with the right-rear brake,etc.). If one circuit should develop aproblem, you will still have brakingat two wheels.

If the brake pads need replacing, youwill hear a distinctive, metallicscreeching sound when you applythe brake pedal. If you do not havethe brake pads replaced, they willscreech all the time. It is normal forthe brakes to occasionally squeal orsqueak when you apply them.

Braking System

Driving

Braking System Design

Brake Wear Indicators

189

Front

Page 193: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

*The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent the brakes fromlocking up and helps you retainsteering control by pumping thebrakes rapidly, much faster than aperson can do it.

The ABS also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution accordingto vehicle loading.

this defeats the purpose of the ABS.Let the ABS work for you by alwayskeeping firm, steady pressure on thebrake pedal as you steer away fromthe hazard. This is sometimesreferred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’

You will feel a pulsation in the brakepedal when the ABS activates, andyou may hear some noise. This isnormal: it is the ABS rapidlypumping the brakes. On drypavement, you will need to press onthe brake pedal very hard before theABS activates. However, you mayfeel the ABS activate immediately ifyou are trying to stop on snow or ice.

If the ABS indicator comes on, theanti-lock function of the brakingsystem has shut down. The brakesstill work like a conventional system,but without anti-lock. You shouldhave the dealer inspect your vehicleas soon as possible.

You should never pump the brake pedal;

Anti-lock Brakes Activating the Anti-lock Brakes ABS Indicator

Driving

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

190

U.S. indicator shown

ABS INDICATOR

Page 194: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If the ABS indicator and the brakesystem indicator come on together,and the parking brake is fullyreleased, the front-to-rear brakingdistribution system may also be shutdown.

Test your brakes as instructed onpage . If the brakes feel normal,drive slowly and have your vehiclerepaired by your Honda dealer assoon as possible. Avoid sudden hardbraking which could cause the rearwheels to lock up and possibly leadto a loss of control.

The TCS indicator will come onalong with the ABS indicator if thereis a problem with the anti-lock brakesystem.

It only helps with thesteering control during braking.

such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weatherconditions.

Always steer moderatelywhen you are braking hard. Severeor sharp steering wheel movementcan still cause your vehicle to veerinto oncoming traffic or off the road.

on loose oruneven surfaces, such as gravel orsnow, than a vehicle without anti-lock. Slow down and allow a greaterdistance between vehicles underthose conditions.

254

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

Driving

Important Safety RemindersABS does not reduce the time ordistance it takes to stop thevehicle.

ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from changing directionabruptly,

ABS cannot prevent the loss ofstability.

A vehicle with ABS may require alonger distance to stop

191

Page 195: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your Honda is equipped with aTraction Control System (TCS) toassist you in maintaining tractionwhile driving slowly on loose orslippery surfaces. The TCS assistsonly in low-speed, low-tractionconditions; up to approximately 18mph (30 km/h).

TCS monitors the speed of all fourwheels. When it senses a front wheellosing traction, it applies braking tothat wheel. The TCS indicatorflashes when this occurs.

Driving with TCS requires no specialskills or technique. The TCS doesnot control your vehicle’s wholebraking system and cannot preventskidding if you enter a corner toofast. It is still your responsibility todrive at reasonable speeds and toleave a sufficient margin of safety.

You should still install winter tires onyour vehicle during the winter. Makesure to use the same size originallysupplied with vehicle. Exercise thesame caution in winter driving as youwould if your vehicle was notequipped with TCS.

Driving with the compact spare tireinstalled (see page ) mayactivate the TCS. You should turn offthe system.

When starting out or driving at lowspeeds on a loose or slippery roadsurface, you may notice that thevehicle does not respond to theaccelerator in the same way it doesat other times. This is a sign TCS isactivating. You will see the TCSindicator flash.

If the brakes overheat while TCS isactivating, the TCS indicator willstop flashing and stay on temporarily.This indicates that TCS has turnedoff. After the brakes have cooleddown (usually for about 10 minutes),TCS will turn back on and theindicator will turn off.

238

Driving

Traction Control System (TCS)

192

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM INDICATOR

Page 196: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This switch is under the side vent. Itlets you turn the Traction ControlSystem on and off. You cannot turnoff the TCS while the TCS indicatoris flashing.

Deactivate the system by pressingthe TCS On/Off switch. The TCSindicator comes on as a reminder.Pressing the switch again turns thesystem back on.

The Traction Control System turnson every time you start the engine,even if you turned it off the last timeyou drove the vehicle.

The TCS indicator comes on orflashes under the following condi-tions:

When you turn the ignition switchto ON (II).

When you manually turn off TCS.

It flashes when TCS is regulatingwheelspin.

If the system’s diagnostics sensesa problem with TCS, the indicatorwill come on and stay on.

If the brakes overheat, theindicator will come on.

If the TCS indicator comes on andstays on for more than 10 minuteswhile driving, pull to the side of theroad when it is safe and turn off theengine. Reset the system byrestarting the engine, and watch theTCS indicator. If the indicatorremains on, or comes back on whiledriving, have the system inspectedby your Honda dealer. You can stilldrive the vehicle without TCS.

This indicator will come on alongwith the ABS indicator if there is aproblem in the anti-lock brakesystem (see on page

).

The TCS indicator may occasionallycome on for one or two seconds andthen go out. This is normal.

190

TCS ON/OFF Switch

TCS Indicator

ABS Indicator

Traction Control System (TCS)

Driving 193

TCS ON/OFF SWITCH

Page 197: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To safely tow a trailer, you shouldobserve the load limits, use theproper equipment, and follow theguidelines in this section.

Themaximum weight you can towdepends on several factors. Seepage for limits for your towingsituation. Towing a load that is tooheavy can seriously affect yourvehicle’s handling andperformance.

The weight thatthe tongue of a fully-loaded trailerputs on the hitch should beapproximately 10 percent of thetrailer weight. Too little tongueload can make the trailer unstableand cause it to sway. Too muchtongue load reduces front-tiretraction and steering control.

195

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Load Limits

Total Trailer Weight: Tongue Load:

194

Exceeding any load limit orimproperly loading your vehicleand trailer can cause a crash inwhich you can be seriously hurtor killed.

Check the loading of yourvehicle and trailer carefullybefore starting to drive.

Page 198: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

**

***

Including driver. Based on 150 lbs (70 kg) per occupant.Weight limited to avoid exceeding rear GAWR (see below).

Equipped with transmission coolerand power steering fluid cooler

3,500 lbs (1,580 kg)3,350 lbs (1,520 kg)3,200 lbs (1,450 kg)3,050 lbs (1,380 kg)2,900 lbs (1,310 kg)

650 lbs (295 kg)

Maximum Total Trailer WeightNumber of Occupants

234567

::

To achieve a proper tongue load,start by loading 60 percent of theload toward the front of the trailerand 40 percent toward the rear, thenre-adjust the load as needed.

The maximum allowable weight ofthe vehicle, all occupants, all cargo,and the tongue load is 5,665 lbs(2,570 kg).

The maximum allowable weightson the vehicle axles are 2,833 lbs(1,285 kg) on the front axle, and2,845 lbs (1,290 kg) on the rearaxle.

The maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle and traileris 8,265 lbs (3,750 kg) with theproper hitch and fluid coolers.(See page for informationabout fluid coolers.)

197

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR):

Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR):

Gross Combined Weight Rating(GCWR):

195

Page 199: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The best way to confirm that vehicleand trailer weights are within limitsis to have them checked at publicscale.

Using a suitable scale or a specialtongue load gauge, check the tongueload the first time you set up atowing combination (a fully-loadedvehicle and trailer), then recheck thetongue load whenever the conditionschange.

Towing generally requires a varietyof supplemental equipment. Toensure the best quality, werecommend that you purchaseHonda equipment whenever possible.

Always use safety chains. Make surethey are secured to both the trailerand hitch, and that they cross underthe tongue so they can catch thetrailer if it becomes unhitched.Leave enough slack to allow thetrailer to turn corners easily, but donot let chains drag on the ground.

Any hitch used on your vehicle mustbe properly bolted to the underbody,using the six threaded holesprovided. A hitch and the requiredfluid coolers designed especially foryour Odyssey can be obtained fromyour Honda dealer.

If the total trailer weight is morethan 1,850 lbs (840 kg), you mustalso use a weight distributing hitch.This device transfers weight fromthe vehicle’s rear wheels to the frontwheels, and to the trailer’s wheels.Carefully follow the hitch maker’sinstructions for proper installationand adjustment.

If the total trailer weight exceeds2,000 lbs (900 kg), you should installa sway control device to minimizeswaying that can occur in crosswindsand in normal and emergencydriving maneuvers. Your trailermaker can tell you what kind of swaycontrol you need and how to install it.

Discuss any additional needs withyour trailer sales or rental agency,and make sure all equipment isproperly installed, maintained, andalso meets state and provinceregulations.

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Checking Loads Towing Equipment andAccessories

Safety ChainsHitches

Weight Distributing Hitch

Sway Control

196

Page 200: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Trailer lights and equipment mustcomply with federal, state, province,and local regulations. Check withyour local recreational vehicle dealerfor the requirements in your area,and use only equipment designed foryour vehicle.

Your vehicle has a trailer lightingconnector located behind the leftside panel in the cargo area. Refer tothe drawing above for the wiring

color code and purpose of each pin.

To use the trailer lighting connector,you will need a wiring harness andconverter. This comes with theHonda hitch (see page ), or itmay be obtained separately fromyour dealer.

If you use a non-Honda trailerlighting harness and converter, youcan get the connector and pins thatmate with the connector in yourvehicle from your Honda dealer.

Since lighting and wiring vary bytrailer type and brand, you shouldhave a qualified technician install asuitable connector between thevehicle and the trailer. Improperequipment or installation can causedamage to your vehicle’s electricalsystem and affect your vehiclewarranty.See your trailer dealer for more

information on installing electricbrakes.

If you choose electric brakes, besure they are electrically actuated.Do not attempt to tap into yourvehicle’s hydraulic system. Nomatter how successful it may seem,any attempt to attach trailer brakesto your vehicle’s hydraulic systemwill lower braking effectiveness andcreate a potential hazard.

Honda recommends that any trailerhaving a total weight of 1,000 lbs(450 kg) or more be equipped withits own electric or surge-type brakes.

You must also have a transmissionfluid cooler and a power steeringfluid cooler installed. These coolersare available only from your Hondadealer.

196

CONTINUED

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Trailer LightsTransmission Fluid Cooler andPower Steering Fluid Cooler

Trailer Brakes

197

BACK-UP LIGHT(GREEN/BLACK)

LEFT TURN SIGNAL(GREEN/BLUE)

GROUND(BLACK)

RIGHT TURN SIGNAL(GREEN/YELLOW)

TAILLIGHT(RED/BLACK)

BRAKE LIGHT(WHITE/BLACK)

Page 201: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When towing a trailer, you shouldcarry a full-size wheel and tire as aspare in case you have a flat. If youuse the compact spare tire that camewith the vehicle, it may adverselyaffect vehicle handling. See page

for information on proper tiresize, and page for information onhow to store a full-size tire. Whenstoring a full-size spare tire in thetrailer, follow the trailer maker’sinstructions.

Many states and Canadian provincesrequire special outside mirrors whentowing a trailer. Even if they don’t,you should install special mirrors ifyou cannot clearly see behind you, orif the trailer creates a blind spot.

Ask your trailer sales or rentalagency if any other items arerecommended or required for yourtowing situation.

When preparing to tow, and beforedriving away, be sure to check thefollowing:

You may want to fill the fuel tankwith premium fuel. Premium fuelprovides improved performance.

Your vehicle tires and spare areproperly inflated (see page ),and the trailer tires and spare areinflated as recommended by thetrailer maker.

The lights and brakes on yourvehicle and the trailer are workingproperly.

All items on and in the trailer areproperly secured and cannot shiftwhile you drive.

The hitch, safety chains, and anyother attachments are secure.

All weights and loads are withinlimits (see pages and ).

The trailer has been properlyserviced and is in good condition.

If you tow frequently, follow theSevere Conditions maintenanceschedule.

The vehicle has been properlyserviced, and the tires, brakes,suspension, and cooling systemare in good operating condition.244

233

194

231

195

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Spare Vehicle Tire

Additional Trailer Equipment

Pre-Tow Checklist

198

Page 202: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Crosswinds and air turbulencecaused by passing trucks can disruptyour steering and cause trailerswaying. When being passed by alarge vehicle, keep a constant speedand steer straight ahead. Do not tryto make quick steering or brakingcorrections.

Always drive slowly and havesomeone guide you when backing up.Grip the of the steeringwheel; then turn the wheel to the leftto get the trailer to move to the left,and turn the wheel right to move thetrailer to the right.

Follow all normal precautions whenparking, including putting thetransmission in Park and firmlysetting the parking brake. Also, placewheel chocks at each of the trailer’stires.

The added weight, length, andheight of a trailer will affect yourvehicle’s handling and performance,so driving with a trailer requiressome special driving skills andtechniques.

For your safety and the safety ofothers, take time to practice drivingmaneuvers before heading for theopen road, and follow the guidelinesbelow.

Drive slower than normal in alldriving situations, and obey postedspeed limits for vehicles with trailers.Use the D position when towing atrailer on level roads. See ‘‘

’’ in the next column foradditional gear information. Do notexceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higherspeeds, the trailer may sway oraffect vehicle handling.

Make turns more slowly and widerthan normal. The trailer tracks asmaller arc than your vehicle, and itcan hit or run over something thevehicle misses. Allow more time anddistance for braking. Do not brake orturn suddenly as this could cause thetrailer to jackknife or turn over.

When climbing hills, closely watchyour temperature gauge. If it nearsthe red mark, turn the airconditioning off, reduce speed and, ifnecessary, pull to the side of theroad to let the engine cool.

If the automatic transmission shiftsfrequently while going up a hill, shiftto D .

bottom

3

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Handling Crosswinds and Buffeting

Backing Up

Parking

Towing Speeds and Gears

Driving onHills

Making Turns and Braking

Driving on Hills

Driving Safely With a Trailer

199

Page 203: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you must stop when facing uphill,use the foot brake or parking brake.Do not try to hold the vehicle inplace by pressing on the accelerator,as this can cause the automatictransmission to overheat.

When driving down hills, reduceyour speed and shift down to 2ndgear. Do not ‘‘ride’’ the brakes, andremember it will take longer to slowdown and stop when towing a trailer.

Towing a Trailer

Driving200

Page 204: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This section explains why it isimportant to keep your vehicle wellmaintained and how to follow basicmaintenance safety precautions.

This section also includesMaintenance Schedules for normaldriving and severe driving conditions,a Maintenance Record, and instruc-tions for simple maintenance tasksyou may want to take care ofyourself.

If you have the skills and tools to per-form more complex maintenancetasks on your Honda, you may wantto purchase the Service Manual. Seepage for information on how toobtain a copy, or see your Hondadealer.

......................Maintenance Safety . 202.................Maintenance Schedule . 203

....................Maintenance Record . 207..............................Fluid Locations . 210

........................Adding Engine Oil . 211.........Changing the Oil and Filter . 212

..............................Engine Coolant . 214....................Windshield Washers . 216

....Automatic Transmission Fluid . 216....................................Brake Fluid . 218

....................Power Steering Fluid . 219....................................Timing Belt . 219....................................Hood Latch . 220

.............................................Lights . 220.......................................Seat Belts . 226.....................................Floor Mats . 226

..............................Audio Antenna . 227..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 227

.................................Wiper Blades . 228...............................................Tires . 230

........................Check the Battery . 235.............................Vehicle Storage . 236

281

Maintenance

Maintenance 201

Page 205: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

All service items not detailed in thissection should be performed by aHonda technician or other qualifiedmechanic.

To eliminate potential hazards, readthe instructions before you begin,and make sure you have the toolsand skills required.

Donot run the engine unlessinstructed to do so.

Some of the most important safetyprecautions are given here. However,we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise inperforming maintenance. Only youcan decide whether or not youshould perform a given task.

Make sure your vehicle is parkedon level ground, the parking brakeis set, and the engine is off.

To clean parts, use a commerciallyavailable degreaser or partscleaner, not gasoline.

To reduce the possibility of fire orexplosion, keep cigarettes, sparks,and flames away from the batteryand all fuel-related parts.

Wear eye protection andprotective clothing when workingwith the battery or compressed air.

Be sure there isadequate ventilation whenever youoperate the engine.

Let theengine and exhaust system coolbefore touching any parts.

Maintenance Safety

Maintenance

Important Safety Precautions

Injury from moving parts.

Potential Vehicle HazardsCarbon Monoxide poison fromengine exhaust.

Burns from hot parts.

202

Failure to properly followmaintenance instructions andprecautions can cause you tobe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the proceduresand precautions in this owner’smanual.

Improperly maintaining thisvehicle or failing to correct aproblem before driving cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection,maintenance recommendations,and schedules in this owner’smanual.

Page 206: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The maintenance schedule assumesyou will use your vehicle as normaltransportation for passengers andtheir possessions. You should alsofollow these recommendations:

Avoid exceeding your vehicle’sload limit. This puts excess stresson the engine, brakes, and manyother vehicle parts. The load limitis shown on the tire informationlabel on the driver’s doorjamb.

Operate your vehicle onreasonable roads within legalspeed limits.

Driving less than 5 miles (8 km)per trip or, in freezingtemperatures, driving less than 10miles (16 km) per trip.

Follow theMaintenance Schedule for SevereConditions if you drive your vehicleMAINLY under one or more of thefollowing conditions.

Service your vehicle according to thetime and mileage periods on one ofthe Maintenance Schedules on thefollowing pages.

Driving in extremely hot [over90°F (32°C)] conditions.

Trailer towing, driving with a roofrack, or driving in mountainousconditions.

Driving on muddy, dusty, or de-iced roads.

If you only OCCASIONALLYdrive under a ‘‘severe’’ condition, youshould follow the MaintenanceSchedule for Normal Conditions.

Follow theMaintenance Schedule for SevereConditions.

Always use unleaded gasoline withthe proper octane rating (see page

).

Drive your vehicle regularly over adistance of several miles(kilometers).

Extensive idling or long periods ofstop-and-go driving, such as a taxior a commercial delivery vehicle.

168

Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance

U.S. Owners

Which Schedule to Follow:

Canadian Owners

203

NOTE:

Page 207: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your authorized Honda dealerknows your vehicle best and canprovide competent, efficient service.However, service at a dealer is notmandatory to keep your warrantiesin effect. Maintenance may be doneby any qualified service facility orskilled person to keep yourwarranties in effect. Keep all thereceipts as proof of completion, andhave the person who does the workfill out the Maintenance Record.Check your warranty booklet formore information.

We recommend the use of Hondaparts and fluids whenever you havemaintenance done.

You should check the followingitems at the specified intervals. Ifyou are unsure of how to performany check, turn to the appropriatepage listed.

Engine oil level Check everytime you fill the fuel tank. Seepage .Engine coolant level Check theradiator reserve tank every timeyou fill the fuel tank. See page .Automatic transmission Checkthe fluid level monthly. See page

.Brakes Check the fluid levelmonthly. See page .Tires Check the tire pressuremonthly. Examine the tread forwear and foreign objects. See page

.Lights Check the operation ofthe headlights, parking lights,taillights, high-mount brake light,and license plate lights monthly.See page .

According to state and federalregulations, failure to performmaintenance on the items markedwith will not void your emissionswarranties. However, Hondarecommends that all maintenanceservices be performed at therecommended time or mileageperiod to ensure long-term reliability.

U.S. Vehicles:

171

172

216

218

230

220

Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance

Servicing Your Vehicle Owner’s Maintenance ChecksMaintenance,replacement, or repair ofemissions control devices andsystems may be done by anyautomotive repair establishmentor individual using parts that are‘‘certif ied’’ to EPA standards.

204

Page 208: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

#*

Maintenance 205

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).miles x 1,000km x 1,000

1524

3048

6096

90144

150240

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes firstEvery 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Inspect every 105,000 miles (168,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

Every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or every 7 years, whichever comes firstAt 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oilRotate tires (follow pattern on page 232 )Replace engine oil filterCheck front and rear brake wearCheck parking brake adjustmentInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft bootsBrake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connections

Inspect drive beltsReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace timing belt and inspect water pumpReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

4572

75120

135216

120192

105168

See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .Replace at 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 3 years, then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 2 years.

::

204

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Norm

alC

onditio

ns

Page 209: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

#*

#**

Maintenance206

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).miles x 1,000km x 1,000

1524

3048

4572

75120

135216

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oil and oil filterRotate tires (follow pattern on page 232 )Check front and rear brake wearInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft boots

Check parking brake adjustmentLubricate all hinges, locks and latchesInspect the following items:

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connectionsLights and controls/vehicle underbody

Inspect drive beltsReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace timing belt , and inspect water pumpReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or every 6 months, whichever comes firstEvery 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or every 6 months, whichever comes first

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) (Use normal schedule except in dusty condition)

Inspect every 105,000 miles (168,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

6096

90144

120192

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or every 7 years, whichever comes firstAt 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)

105168

150240

See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .See dust and pollen filter on page for replacement information under special driving conditions.See timing belt on page for replacement information under special driving conditions.

:1:2:

204227

219

1

2

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Seve

reC

onditi

ons

Page 210: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)

CONTINUED

Maintenance Record

Maintenance 207

3,750 mi

7,500 mi

11,250 mi

15,000 mi

18,750 mi

22,500 mi

26,250 mi

30,000 mi

33,750 mi

37,500 mi

41,250 mi

45,000 mi

48,750 mi

52,500 mi

56,250 mi

60,000 mi

You or the servicing dealer can record all completed maintenance here, whether you follow the schedule for normal conditions (page ) or severeconditions (page ). Keep the receipts for all work done on your vehicle.

Signature or dealer stamp6,000 km

12,000 km

18,000 km

24,000 km

30,000 km

36,000 km

42,000 km

48,000 km

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

54,000 km

60,000 km

66,000 km

72,000 km

78,000 km

84,000 km

90,000 km

96,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

205206

Page 211: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record

Maintenance208

63,750 mi

67,500 mi

71,250 mi

75,000 mi

78,750 mi

82,500 mi

86,250 mi

90,000 mi

93,750 mi

97,500 mi

101,250 mi

105,000 mi

108,750 mi

112,500 mi

116,250 mi

120,000 mi

Signature or dealer stamp102,000 km

108,000 km

114,000 km

120,000 km

126,000 km

132,000 km

138,000 km

144,000 km

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

150,000 km

156,000 km

162,000 km

168,000 km

174,000 km

180,000 km

186,000 km

192,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

Page 212: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record

Maintenance 209

123,750 mi

127,500 mi

131,250 mi

135,000 mi

138,750 mi

142,500 mi

146,250 mi

150,000 mi

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

198,000 km

204,000 km

210,000 km

216,000 km

222,000 km

228,000 km

234,000 km

240,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp

Page 213: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Fluid Locations

Maintenance210

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK(Orange loop)

WASHER FLUID(Blue cap)

POWER STEERINGFLUID (Red cap)

RADIATOR CAP ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUID DIPSTICK(Yellow loop)

BRAKE FLUID(Gray cap)

ENGINE COOLANTRESERVOIR

Page 214: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Unscrew and remove the engine oilfill cap on top of the valve cover.Pour in the oil slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillsimmediately. Spilled oil coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

Install the engine oil fill cap andtighten it securely. Wait a fewminutes and recheck the oil level. Donot fill above the upper mark; youcould damage the engine.

Oil is a major contributor to yourengine’s performance and longevity.Always use a premium-grade 5W-20detergent oil displaying the APICertification Seal. This seal indicatesthe oil is energy conserving, and thatit meets the American PetroleumInstitute’s latest requirements.

Honda Motor Oil is the preferred5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It ishighly recommended that you useHonda Motor Oil in your vehicle foroptimum engine protection. Makesure the API Certification Seal says‘‘For Gasoline Engines’’.

The oil viscosity or weight isprovided on the container’s label.5W-20 oil is formulated for year-round protection of your Honda toimprove cold weather starting andfuel economy.

Adding Engine Oil

Maintenance

Recommended Engine Oil

211

ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

Ambient Temperature

API CERTIFICATION SEAL

Page 215: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

You may use a synthetic motor oil ifit meets the same requirementsgiven for a conventional motor oil: itdisplays the API Certification Sealand it is the proper weight. You mustfollow the oil and filter changeintervals given on the maintenanceschedule.

Your Honda does not require any oiladditives. Additives may adverselyaffect your engine’s or transmission’sperformance and durability.

Always change the oil and filteraccording to the recommendations inthe maintenance schedule. The oiland filter collect contaminants thatcan damage your engine if they arenot removed regularly.

Changing the oil and filter requiresspecial tools and access fromunderneath the vehicle. The vehicleshould be raised on a service station-type hydraulic lift for this service.Unless you have the knowledge andproper equipment, you should havethis maintenance done by a skilledmechanic.

Run the engine until it reachesnormal operating temperature,then shut it off.

Open the hood and remove theengine oil fill cap. Remove the oildrain bolt and washer from thebottom of the engine. Drain the oilinto an appropriate container.

1.

2.

Adding Engine Oil, Changing the Oil and Filter

Maintenance

Synthetic Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Changing the Oil and Filter

212

WASHER DRAIN BOLT

Page 216: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Remove the oil filter and let theremaining oil drain. A specialwrench (available from yourHonda dealer) is required.

Refill the engine with the recom-mended oil.

Engine oil change capacity(including filter):

Replace the engine oil fill cap.Start the engine. The oil pressureindicator light should go out within5 seconds. If it does not, turn offthe engine and check your work.

Let the engine run for severalminutes, then check the drain boltand oil filter for leaks.

Turn off the engine and let it sitfor several minutes, then checkthe oil level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add more oil.

Install a new oil filter according tothe instructions that come with it.

Put a new washer on the drain bolt,then reinstall the drain bolt.Tighten it to:

9.

8.

7.

6.

4.

5.

3.

Changing the Oil and Filter

Maintenance 213

NOTICE:OIL FILTER

4.6 US qt (4.4 )

29 lbf·ft (39 N·m , 4.0 kgf·m)

Improper disposal of engineoil can be harmf ul to the environment.If you change your own oil, pleasedispose of the used oil properly. Put itin a sealed container and take it to arecycling center. Do not discard it in atrash bin or dump it on the ground.

Page 217: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If the coolant level in the reservetank is at or below the MIN line, addcoolant to bring it up to the MAX line.Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Always use Honda All SeasonAntifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Thiscoolant is pre-mixed with 50 percentantifreeze and 50 percent water.Never add straight antifreeze orplain water.

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is notavailable, you may use anothermajor-brand non-silicate coolant as atemporary replacement. Make sure itis a high-quality coolantrecommended for aluminum engines.Continued use of any non-Hondacoolant can result in corrosion,causing the cooling system tomalfunction or fail. Have the coolingsystem flushed and refilled withHonda antifreeze/coolant as soon aspossible.

If the reserve tank is completelyempty, you should also check thecoolant level in the radiator.

Engine Coolant

Maintenance

Adding Engine Coolant

214

RESERVE TANK

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

Page 218: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

When the radiator and engine arecool, relieve any pressure in thecooling system by turning theradiator cap counterclockwise,without pressing down.

Remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turningcounterclockwise.

The coolant level should be up tothe base of the filler neck. Addcoolant if it is low.

Pour coolant into the reserve tank.Fill it to halfway between the MAXand MIN marks. Put the cap backon the reserve tank.

Do not add any rust inhibitors orother additives to your vehicle’scooling system. They may not becompatible with the coolant orengine components.

Pour the coolant slowly and carefullyso you do not spill. Clean up anyspills immediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Put the radiator cap back on, andtighten it fully.

3.

4.

5.

1.

2.

Engine Coolant

Maintenance 215

RADIATOR CAP RESERVE TANK

Page 219: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Check the fluid level with the engineat normal operating temperature.

Park the vehicle on level ground.Shut off the engine.

Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)from the transmission, and wipe itwith a clean cloth.

When you refill the reservoir, cleanthe edges of the windshield wiperblades with windshield washer fluidon a clean cloth. This will help tocondition them.

Fill the reservoir with a good-qualitywindshield washer fluid. Thisincreases the cleaning capability andprevents freezing in cold weather.

The low washerlevel indicator will come on when thelevel is low (see page ).

Check the reservoir’s fluid level byremoving the cap and looking at thelevel gauge attached to the cap.

Check the fluid level in thewindshield washer reservoir at leastmonthly during normal use. Thisreservoir supplies the windshield andrear window washers.

1.

2.

64

On Canadian models:

Windshield Washers, Automatic Transmission Fluid

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission FluidWindshield Washers

216

NOTICE:

LEVEL GAUGE

DIPSTICK

Do not use engine antif reezeor a vinegar/water solution in thewindshield washer reservoir. Antif reezecan damage your vehicle’s paint, whilea vinegar/water solution can damagethe windshield washer pump. Use onlycommercially-available windshieldwasher f luid.

Page 220: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To thoroughly flush the transmission,the technician should drain and refillit with Honda ATF-Z1, then drive thevehicle for a short distance. Do thisthree times. Then drain and refill thetransmission a final time.

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto the transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the time and distance recommen-dations in the maintenance schedule.

If you are not sure how to add fluid,contact your Honda dealer.

If the level is below the lowermark, remove the fill plug and addfluid to bring it to the upper mark.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefullyso you do not spill. Clean up anyspills immediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Always use Honda ATF-Z1(Automatic Transmission Fluid). Ifit’s not available, you may use aDEXRON III automatictransmission fluid as a temporaryreplacement. However, continueduse can affect the shift quality.Have the transmission flushed andrefilled with Honda ATF-Z1 assoon as it is convenient.

Insert the dipstick all the way intothe transmission as shown.

Remove the dipstick and checkthe fluid level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

5.

6.

3.

4.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Maintenance 217

DIPSTICK

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

Page 221: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Check the fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir monthly. Replace itaccording to the maintenanceschedule recommendations.

The fluid level should be betweenthe MIN and MAX marks on the sideof the reservoir. If the level is at orbelow the MIN mark, your brakesystem needs attention. Have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

Always use Honda Heavy DutyBrake Fluid DOT 3. If it is notavailable, you should use only DOT 3or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealedcontainer, as a temporaryreplacement.

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is notcompatible with your vehicle’sbraking system and can causeextensive damage.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillsimmediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid cancause corrosion and decrease the lifeof the system. Have the brakesystem flushed and refilled withHonda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 as soon as possible.

Brake Fluid

Maintenance218

MAX

MIN

Page 222: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillsimmediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Always use Honda Power SteeringFluid. You may use another powersteering fluid as an emergencyreplacement, but have the powersteering system flushed and refilledwith Honda PSF as soon as possible.

A low power steering fluid level canindicate a leak in the system. Checkthe fluid level frequently, and havethe system inspected as soon aspossible.

The timing belt should be replacedat the intervals shown in themaintenance schedule.

Replace the belt at 60,000 miles(100,000 km) if you regularly driveyour vehicle in one or more of theseconditions:

In very high temperatures(over 110°F, 43°C).In very low temperatures(under 20°F, 29°C).

Check the level on the side of thereservoir when the engine is cold.The fluid should be between theUPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL.If not, add power steering fluid to theUPPER LEVEL mark.

Power Steering Fluid, Timing Belt

Maintenance

Power Steering Fluid Timing Belt

219

NOTICE:

UPPER LEVEL

LOWER LEVELTurning the steering wheel to

f ull lef t or right lock and holding itthere can damage the power steeringpump.

Page 223: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Clean the hood latch assembly with amild cleaner, then lubricate it with amultipurpose grease. Lubricate allthe moving parts (as shown),including the pivot. Follow the timeand distance recommendations inthe Maintenance Schedule. If youare not sure how to clean and greasethe latch, contact your Honda dealer.

The headlights were properly aimedwhen your vehicle was new. If youregularly carry heavy items in thecargo area or pull a trailer, areadjustment may be required.Adjustments should be performed bya Honda dealer or other qualifiedmechanic.

Your vehicle has halogen headlightbulbs, one on each side. Whenreplacing a bulb, handle it by its steelbase and protect the glass fromcontact with your skin or hardobjects. If you touch the glass, cleanit with denatured alcohol and a cleancloth.

Hood Latch, Lights

Maintenance

Hood Latch Headlight Aiming Replacing a Headlight Bulb

220

NOTICE:

LATCH ASSEMBLY

Halogen headlight bulbs getvery hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or ascratch on the glass can cause the bulbto overheat and shatter.

Page 224: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the hood. To change aheadlight bulb on the driver’s side,remove the air intake cover.

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling theconnector straight back.

Remove the rubber weather sealby pulling on the tab.

Unclip the end of the hold-downwire from its slot. Pivot it out ofthe way, and remove the bulb.

Install the new bulb into the hole,making sure the tabs are in theirslots. Pivot the hold-down wireback in place, and clip the end intothe slot.

Install the rubber seal over theback of the headlight assembly.Make sure it is right side up; it ismarked ‘‘TOP’’.

Push the electrical connector ontothe new bulb. Make sure it isconnected securely. Turn on theheadlights to test the new bulb.

(Driver’s side)Reinstall the air intake cover.

1. 2.

3.

4.

6.

7.

8.

5.

Lights

Maintenance 221

AIRINTAKECOVER

HOLD-DOWN WIRE WEATHERSEAL

BULB CONNECTOR

Page 225: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To change the bulb on the driver’sside, start the engine, turn thesteering wheel all the way to theright, and turn off the engine. Tochange the bulb on the passenger’sside, turn the steering wheel to theleft.

Use a flat-tipped screwdriver toremove the two holding clips fromthe inner fender.

Pull the inner fender cover awayfrom the fender and bumper.

Remove the socket from theheadlight assembly by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Remove the burned out bulb fromthe socket by pushing it in andturning the bulb counterclockwiseuntil it unlocks.

Install the new bulb in the socket.Turn it clockwise to lock it in place.

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Put the inner fender cover in place.Install the two holding clips. Lockeach one in place by pushing onthe center.

1. 2.

3.

5.

6.

7.

8.

4.

9.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing the Front Side Marker/Turn Signal and Parking LightBulb

222

HOLDING CLIP

Page 226: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the tailgate. Release thecovers by inserting a flat-tipscrewdriver into the slot until thecover bows slightly. Then pivotthe screwdriver 90° and pull itstraight out of the slot.

Use a Phillips-head screwdriver toremove the taillight assemblymounting screw under each cover.

Pull the taillight assembly out ofthe body by sliding it backward.

Determine which of the two bulbsis burned out: stop/taillight/sidemarker light or turn signal light.

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Reinstall the socket into the lightassembly by turning it clockwiseuntil it locks.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

When reinstalling the taillightassembly, align and pop the snapfasteners in place. Tighten the twomounting screws and reinstall thecovers in place.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing Rear Bulbs(in Fenders)

223

Page 227: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Open the tailgate. Place a cloth onthe edge of the taillight cover.Remove it by carefully prying inthe notch on its edge with a smallflat-tipped screwdriver.

Determine which of the two bulbsis burned out: taillight or back-uplight.

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Insert the socket back into thelight assembly. Turn it clockwiseto lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Reinstall the taillight cover.

2.

3.

5.

6.

7.

1.

4.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing Rear Bulbs(in Tailgate)

224

TAILLIGHT COVER

Page 228: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Place a cloth on the edge of thelens segment on the passenger’sside. Remove that lens segment bycarefully prying on its edge with asmall flat-tipped screwdriver.

Use a Phillips-head screwdriver toremove the screw under the lens.

Pull the light assembly out of thetailgate.

Remove the socket from the lightassembly by turning it one-quarterturn counterclockwise.

Put the socket back into the lightassembly and turn it clockwise tolock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Put the light assembly back intothe tailgate. Install the screw andtighten it securely. Reinstall thelens segment.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

1.

2.

3.

6.

7.

4.

5.

8.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing a High-mount BrakeLight Bulb

225

SCREW

Page 229: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Clean dirty seat belts with a softbrush and a mixture of mild soap andwarm water. Do not use bleach, dye,or cleaning solvents. They canweaken the belt material. Let thebelts air dry before you use thevehicle.

Dirt build-up in the loops of the seatbelt anchors can cause the belts toretract slowly. Wipe the insides ofthe loops with a clean clothdampened in mild soap and warmwater or isopropyl alcohol.

The driver’s floor mat that camewith your vehicle hooks over thefloor mat anchor. This keeps thefloor mat from sliding forward andpossibly interfering with the pedals.

If you remove the driver’s floor mat,make sure to re-anchor it when youput it back in your vehicle.

Seat Belts, Floor Mats

Maintenance

Seat Belts Floor Mats

226

LOOP

Page 230: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you use a non-Honda floor mat,make sure it fits properly and that itcan be used with the floor matanchor. Do not put additional floormats on top of the anchored mat.

This filter removes the dust andpollen that is brought in from theoutside through the heating andcooling system/climate controlsystem.

Have your Honda dealer replace thisfilter every 30,000 miles (48,000 km)under normal conditions. It shouldbe replaced every 15,000 miles(24,000 km) if you drive primarily inurban areas that have highconcentrations of soot in the air, or ifthe airflow from the heating andcooling system/climate controlsystem becomes less than usual.

Floor Mats, Audio Antenna, Dust and Pollen Filter

Maintenance

Audio Antenna Dust and Pollen Filter

227

NOTICE: Your vehicle is equippedwith an antenna on the f ront rightf ender. Bef ore using a ‘‘drive-through’’ car wash, make sure youremove the antenna by unscrewing it byhand. This prevents the antenna f rombeing damaged by the car wash brushes.

Page 231: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To replace a wiper blade:

Raise the wiper arm off thewindshield.

Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm by pushing inthe lock tab. Hold the lock tab inwhile you push the blade assemblytoward the base of the arm.

Check the condition of the wiperblades at least every six months.Replace them if you find signs ofcracking in the rubber, and areasthat are getting hard, or if they leavestreaks and unwiped areas whenused.

Front windshield: Raise the driver’sside first, then the passenger’sside.

2.

1.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance228

NOTICE:

WIPER ARMS

LOCK TAB

Do not open the hood whenthe wiper arms are raised, or you willdamage the hood and the arms.

Page 232: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Remove the blade from its holderby grasping the tabbed end of theblade. Pull firmly until the tabscome out of the holder.

Examine the new wiper blades. Ifthey have no plastic or metal rein-forcement along the back edge,remove the metal reinforcementstrips from the old wiper blade andinstall them in the slots along theedge of the new blade.

Slide the new wiper blade into theholder until the tabs lock.

Slide the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Make sure itlocks in place.

Lower the wiper arm down againstthe windshield.Front windshield: Lower thepassenger’s side first, then thedriver’s side.

6.

7.

4.

5.

3.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance 229

BLADEBLADE

REINFORCEMENT

Page 233: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

To safely operate your vehicle, yourtires must be the proper type andsize, in good condition with adequatetread, and correctly inflated.

The following pages give moredetailed information on how to takecare of your tires and what to dowhen they need to be replaced.

Keeping the tires properly inflatedprovides the best combination ofhandling, tread life, and ridingcomfort.

We recommend that you visuallycheck your tires every day. If youthink a tire might be low, check itimmediately with a tire gauge.

Use a gauge to measure the airpressure at least once a month. Eventires that are in good condition maylose one to two psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1to 0.2 kgf/cm ) per month.Remember to check the spare tire atthe same time.

Check the pressure in the tires whenthey are cold. This means the vehiclehas been parked for at least threehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km).

Underinflated tires wear unevenly,adversely affect handling and fueleconomy, and are more likely tofail from being overheated.

Overinflated tires can make yourvehicle ride more harshly, aremore prone to damage from roadhazards, and wear unevenly. Add or release air, if needed, to

match the recommended cold tirepressures on page .231

Tires

Maintenance

Inflation

230

Using tires that are excessivelyworn or improperly inflated cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regarding tireinflation and maintenance.

Page 234: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you check the pressure when thetires are hot [driven for several miles(kilometers)], you will see readings 4to 6 psi (30 to 40 kPa, 0.3 to 0.4kgf/cm ) higher than the coldreading. This is normal; do notrelease air to match the coldpressure.

The compact spare tire pressure is:

For convenience, the recommendedtire sizes and cold air pressures areon a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

For additional technical information,see page .

Tire pressure for high speed drivingis the same as for normal driving.

Every time you check inflation, youshould also examine the tires fordamage, foreign objects, and wear.You should look for:

Bumps or bulges in the tread orside of the tire. Replace the tire ifyou find either or these conditions.

Cuts, splits, or cracks in the sideof the tire. Replace the tire if youcan see fabric or cord.

Excessive tread wear.

Tubeless tires have some ability toself-seal if they are punctured. Youshould look closely for punctures if atire starts losing pressure.

You should get your own tirepressure gauge and use it wheneveryou check your tire pressures. Thiswill make it easier for you to tell if apressure loss is due to a tire problemand not due to a variation betweengauges.

270

CONTINUED

Tire Size Cold Tire Pressurefor Normal Driving

Tires

Maintenance

Tire Inspection

231

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

225/60R16 98T 36 psi (250 kPa , 2.5kgf/cm )

Page 235: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle’s tires have wearindicators molded into the tread.When the tread wears down to thatpoint, you will see a 1/2 inch (12.7mm) wide band running across thetread. This shows there is less than1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left onthe tire. A tire that is this worn givesvery little traction on wet roads. Youshould replace the tire if you can seethe tread wear indicator in three ormore places around the tire.

In addition to proper inflation,correct wheel alignment helps todecrease tire wear. If you find a tireis worn unevenly, have your dealercheck the wheel alignment.

Have your dealer check the tires ifyou feel a consistent vibration whiledriving. A tire should always berebalanced if it is removed from thewheel. When you have new tiresinstalled, make sure they arebalanced. This increases ridingcomfort and tire life. For best results,have the installer perform a dynamicbalance.

To help increase tire life anddistribute wear more evenly, rotatethe tires every 7,500 miles (12,000km). Move the tires to the positionsshown in the chart each time theyare rotated. If you purchasedirectional tires, rotate only front-to-back.

On some models

Tires

Maintenance

Tire Maintenance Tire Rotation

232

NOTICE:

Front Front

(For Non-directionalTires and Wheels)

(For DirectionalTires and Wheels)

INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS

TREAD WEAR INDICATORS

Improper wheel weights candamage your vehicle’s aluminumwheels. Use only genuine Hondawheels weights f or balancing.

Page 236: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Replace your tires with radial tires ofthe same size, load range, speedrating, and maximum cold tirepressure rating (as shown on thetire’s sidewall). Mixing radial andbias-ply tires on your vehicle canreduce braking ability, traction, andsteering accuracy. Using tires of adifferent size or construction cancause the ABS to work inconsistently.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. When replacingtires, use the same size originallysupplied with the vehicle. Tire sizeand construction can affect wheelspeed and may cause the system towork.

It is best to replace all four tires atthe same time. If that is not possibleor necessary, replace the two fronttires or two rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire can seriouslyaffect your vehicle’s handling.

If you ever replace a wheel, makesure that the wheel’s specificationsmatch those of the original wheels.

See page for DOT tire qualitygrading information, and page

for tire size explanation.

Replacement wheels are available atyour Honda dealer.

Wheel:

Tire:

268

270

Replacing Tires

Wheels and Tires

Tires

Maintenance 233

225/60R16 98T

16 x 6 1/2 JJ

Installing improper tires on yourvehicle can affect handling andstability. This can cause a crashin which you can be seriouslyhurt or killed.

Always use the size and type oftires recommended in thisowner’s manual.

Page 237: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

+Tires marked ‘‘M S’’ or ‘‘AllSeason’’ on the sidewall have an all-weather tread design suitable formost winter driving conditions.

For the best performance in snowyor icy conditions, you should installsnow tires or tire chains. They maybe required by local laws undercertain conditions.

If you mount snow tires on yourHonda, make sure they are radialtires of the same size and load rangeas original tires. Mount snow tires onall four wheels. The tractionprovided by snow tires on dry roadsmay be lower than your original tires.Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Because your Honda has limited tireclearance, mount only SAE Class ‘‘S’’cable-type traction devices, withrubber chain tensioners on the fronttires. Use traction devices only whenrequired by driving condition or locallaws. Make sure they are the correctsize for your tires. Metal link-type‘‘chains’’ should not be used.

When installing cables, follow themanufacturer’s instructions, andmount them as tight as you can.Make sure they are not contactingthe brake lines or suspension. Driveslowly with them installed. If youhear them coming into contact withthe body or chassis, stop andinvestigate. Remove them as soon asyou begin driving on cleared roads.

Tires

Maintenance

Winter Driving

Snow Tires

Tire Chains

234

NOTICE: Traction devices that are thewrong size or improperly installed candamage your vehicle’s brake lines,suspension, body, and wheels. Stopdriving if they are hitting any part ofthe vehicle.

Page 238: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Check the condition of the batterymonthly by looking at the testindicator window. The label on thebattery explains the test indicator’scolors.

Check the terminals for corrosion (awhite or yellowish powder). Toremove it, cover the terminals with asolution of baking soda and water. Itwill bubble up and turn brown. Whenthis stops, wash it off with plainwater. Dry off the battery with acloth or paper towel. Coat theterminals with grease to help preventfuture corrosion.

If additional battery maintenance isneeded, see your Honda dealer or aqualified technician.

Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds.

If you need to connect the battery toa charger, disconnect both cables toprevent damaging your vehicle’selectrical system. Always disconnectthe negative ( ) cable first, andreconnect it last.

Maintenance

WARNING:

Wash your hands after handling.

Checking the Battery

235

TEST INDICATOR WINDOW

The battery gives off explosivehydrogen gas during normaloperation.

A spark or flame can cause thebattery to explode with enoughforce to kill or seriously hurt you.

Wear protective clothing and aface shield, or have a skilledmechanic do the batterymaintenance.

Page 239: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you need to park your vehicle foran extended period (more than onemonth), there are several things youshould do to prepare it for storage.Proper preparation helps preventdeterioration and makes it easier toget your vehicle back on the road. Ifpossible, store your vehicle indoors.

Fill the fuel tank.

Change the engine oil and filter.

Wash and dry the exteriorcompletely.

Clean the interior. Make sure thecarpeting, floor mats, etc. arecompletely dry.

Leave the parking brake off. Putthe transmission in Park.

Block the rear wheels.

If the vehicle is to be stored for alonger period, it should besupported on jackstands so thetires are off the ground.

Leave one window open slightly (ifthe vehicle is being storedindoors).

Disconnect the battery.

Support the front and rear wiperblade arms with a folded towel orrag so they do not touch thewindshield.

To minimize sticking, apply asilicone spray lubricant to all doorand tailgate seals. Also, apply avehicle body wax to the paintedsurfaces that mate with the doorand tailgate seals.

Cover the vehicle with a‘‘breathable’’ cover, one madefrom a porous material such ascotton. Non-porous materials, suchas plastic sheeting, trap moisture,which can damage the paint.

If possible, periodically run theengine until it reaches fulloperating temperature (thecooling fans cycle on and offtwice). Preferably, do this once amonth.

If you store your vehicle for 1 year orlonger, have your Honda dealerperform the inspections called for inthe 2 years/30,000 miles (48,000 km)maintenance schedule (NormalConditions) as soon as you take itout of storage (see page ). Thereplacements called for in themaintenance schedule are notneeded unless the vehicle hasactually reached that time or mileage.

205

Vehicle Storage

Maintenance236

Page 240: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This section covers the morecommon problems that motoristsexperience with their vehicles. Itgives you information about how tosafely evaluate the problem and whatto do to correct it. If the problem hasstranded you on the side of the road,you may be able to get going again.If not, you will also find instructionson getting your vehicle towed.

......................Compact Spare Tire . 238....................Changing a Flat Tire . 239

.............If the Engine Won’t Start . 247................................Jump Starting . 248

..............If the Engine Overheats . 250.........Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 252..........Charging System Indicator . 252

.......Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 253...............Brake System Indicator . 254

......................Emergency Towing . 255..............................................Fuses . 257

..............................Fuse Locations . 260

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Taking Care of the Unexpected 237

Page 241: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Use the compact spare tire as atemporary replacement only. Getyour regular tire repaired or replacedand put it back on your vehicle assoon as you can.

Check the inflation pressure of thecompact spare tire every time youcheck the other tires. It should beinflated to:

Follow these precautions:

Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)under any circumstances.

This tire gives a harsher ride andless traction on some road sur-faces. Use greater caution whiledriving.

Do not mount snow chains on it.

Do not use the compact spare tireif you are towing a trailer.

Do not use your compact sparetire on another vehicle unless it isthe same make and model.

Turn off the Traction ControlSystem (see page ). Drivingwith the compact spare tire mayactivate the TCS.

Replace the tire when you can seethe tread wear indicator bars. Thereplacement should be the same sizeand design tire, mounted on thesame wheel. The spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularwheel, and the spare wheel is notdesigned for mounting a regular tire.

193

Compact Spare Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected238

INDICATOR LOCATION MARK

TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

Page 242: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

If you have a flat tire while driving,stop in a safe place to change it.Drive slowly along the shoulder untilyou get to an exit or an area that isfar away from the traffic lanes.

Park the vehicle on firm, level, andnon-slippery ground. Put thetransmission in Park. Apply theparking brake. If you are towing atrailer, unhitch the trailer.

Turn on the hazard warning lights,and turn the ignition switch toLOCK (0). Have all thepassengers get out of the vehiclewhile you change the tire.

2.1.

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 239

JACK VINYL BAG

SPARE TIRETOOLS

The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack, seriously injuringanyone underneath.

Follow the directions forchanging a tire exactly, andnever get under the vehiclewhen it is supported only by thejack.

Page 243: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The tools and jack are behind acover in the cargo area on thedriver’s side. Remove the cover byturning the handlecounterclockwise, then pulling outthe cover.

Take the tools out of the storagecompartment.

Turn the jack’s end bracketcounterclockwise to loosen it, thenremove the jack.

The spare tire is stored under thefloor between the first and secondrow of seats. If the front seats areadjusted to the rear-most position,move the seats forward slightlyand adjust the seat-backs to anupright position (see page ).

Lift up the center table (see page).

Open the tailgate. Remove thecargo net.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

105

89

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected240

COVER

Page 244: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Remove the spare tire basket.

Unscrew the wing bolt, and takethe spare tire out of its well. Afteryou have removed the spare tire,screw this wing bolt back intoplace.

If you are changing a rear tire,close the sliding door. Then turnoff the sliding door MAIN switch.

Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turnwith the wheel wrench.

Open either of the rear slidingdoors. Pull the floor carpet up bylifting up on the edge, then raisethe floor lid by pulling up on thehandle. To keep the floor carpetand lid out of the way, pull out thehook on the back of the floor lidand attach it into the seat-backhandle on the driver’s seat.

8. 9. 11.

12.

10.

On EX and EX-L models On EX and EX-L models

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 241

HOOK

HANDLE

SPARE TIREBASKET

SPARE TIRE WING BOLT

WHEEL NUTS

Page 245: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Place the jack under the jackingpoint nearest the tire you need tochange. It is pointed to by amark molded into the underside ofthe body. Turn the end bracketclockwise until the top of the jackcontacts the jacking point. Makesure the jacking point tab isresting in the jack notch.

Use the extension and wheelwrench as shown to raise thevehicle until the flat tire is off theground.

Do not attempt to forcibly pry thewheel cover off with a screwdriver orother tool. The wheel cover cannotbe removed without first removingthe wheel nuts.Remove the wheel nuts, then

remove the flat tire. Handle thewheel nuts carefully; they may behot from driving. Place the flat tireon the ground with the outsidesurface facing up.

13. 14.

15.

On LX model

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected242

JACKING POINT

EXTENSION

WHEELWRENCH

WHEELCOVER

Page 246: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Before mounting the spare tire,wipe any dirt off the mountingsurface of the wheel and hub witha clean cloth. Wipe the hubcarefully; it may be hot fromdriving.

Put on the spare tire. Put thewheel nuts back on finger-tight,then tighten them in a crisscrosspattern with the wheel wrenchuntil the wheel is firmly againstthe hub. Do not try to tightenthem fully.

Lower the vehicle to the groundand remove the jack.

Tighten the wheel nuts securely inthe same crisscross pattern. Havethe wheel nut torque checked atthe nearest automotive servicefacility.Tighten the wheel nuts to:

16.

17.

18.

19.

CONTINUED

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 243

HAB

80 lbf·ft (108 N·m , 11 kgf·m)

Page 247: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Put the flat tire in the suppliedvinyl bag. This bag is stored in therear compartment on the driver’sside panel in the third row. Knotthe top of the vinyl bag.

When the third seat is not folded,the flat tire is secured behind thethird seat.

Turn on the sliding door MAINswitch so you can open the door.

Remove the bracket and the wingbolt from the spare tire lid byunscrewing the bracket mountingbolt.

You will find a u-shaped slit on thecarpet behind the seat bottom ofthe third seat. Pull up the carpet atthe slit and remove the plasticscrew with a coin.

20. 22.

21.Storing the flat tire behind the thirdrow

On EX and EX-L models

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected244

BRACKET MOUNTING BOLT

WING BOLT

BRACKETMOUNTINGBOLT

BRACKETPLASTICSCREW

BRACKET

Page 248: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Adjust the seat-back of the thirdseat to the upright position (seepage ). Install the bracket andthe bracket mounting bolt to theattachment point as shown, andtighten the bolt. Make sure thebracket is securely locked.

Install the flat tire on the bracketwith the inside of the wheel facingtoward you. Put the tire mountingwing bolt in the attachment pointthrough one of the five wheel nutholes and the bracket as shown.Poke holes in the vinyl bag. Securethe flat tire by tightening the wingbolt.

When the third seat is folded, theflat tire is secured to the floor ontop of the folded seat. Pull up thecarpet on the attachment point andremove the plastic screw asdescribed in the previousprocedure.

Remove the wing bolt from thebracket that is attached to thespare tire lid.

23.

90

Storing the Flat Tire on the Floor

CONTINUED

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 245

BRACKET

TIRE MOUNTING WING BOLT

Page 249: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Place the flat tire face down on theattachment point. Put the tiremounting wing bolt in theattachment point through one ofthe five wheel nut holes as shown.Poke holes in the vinyl bag. Securethe flat tire by tightening the wingbolt.

Store the jack in its holder. Turnthe jack’s end bracket clockwise tolock it in place. Store the tools.Replace the cover.

Close the tailgate.

Store the plastic screw in the sparetire well.

Store the wheel cover in the sparetire well. Make sure it will not getscratched or damaged.

Store the spare tire basket in thespare tire well.

Unclip the hook from the seatback handle on the driver’s seat,and lower the floor lid and thecarpet.

Make sure to adjust the frontseats properly before you startdriving (see page ).

24.

25.

26.

27.

89

On LX model

On EX and EX-L models

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected246

TIRE MOUNTING WING BOLT

ATTACHMENT POINT

Loose items can fly around theinterior in a crash and couldseriously injure the occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and toolssecurely before driving.

Page 250: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

Diagnosing why your engine won’tstart falls into two areas, dependingon what you hear when you turn thekey to START (III):

You hear nothing, or almostnothing. The engine’s startermotor does not operate at all, oroperates very slowly.

You can hear the starter motoroperating normally, or the startermotor sounds like it is spinningfaster than normal, but the enginedoes not start up and run.

When you turn the ignition switch toSTART (III), you do not hear thenormal noise of the engine trying tostart. You may hear a clicking soundor series of clicks, or nothing at all.Check these things:

Check the transmission interlock.The transmission must be in Parkor Neutral or the starter will notoperate.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Turn on the headlights and checktheir brightness. If the headlightsare very dim or don’t light at all,the battery is discharged. See

on page .

Turn the ignition switch to START(III). If the headlights do not dim,check the condition of the fuses. Ifthe fuses are OK, there isprobably something wrong withthe electrical circuit for theignition switch or starter motor.You will need a qualifiedtechnician to determine theproblem (seeon page ).

If the headlights dim noticeably orgo out when you try to start theengine, either the battery isdischarged or the connections arecorroded. Check the condition of thebattery and terminal connections(see page ). You can then tryjump starting the vehicle from abooster battery (see page ).

In this case, the starter motor’sspeed sounds normal, or even fasterthan normal, when you turn theignition switch to START (III), butthe engine does not run.

Are you using the proper startingprocedure? Refer to

on page .

255

248

235

248

183

If the Engine Won’t Start

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Nothing Happens or the StarterMotor Operates Very Slowly

Jump Starting

Emergency Towing

The Starter Operates Normally

Starting theEngine

247

Page 251: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Are you using a properly codedkey? An improperly coded key willcause the immobilizer systemindicator in the instrument panelto blink rapidly (see page ).

Do you have fuel? Check the fuelgauge; the low fuel indicator maynot be working.

There may be an electricalproblem, such as no power to thefuel pump. Check all the fuses(see page ).

If you find nothing wrong, you willneed a qualified technician to findthe problem. See

on page .

Although this seems like a simpleprocedure, you should take severalprecautions.

You cannot start a Honda by pushingor pulling it.

Connect one jumper cable to thepositive ( ) terminal on yourHonda’s battery. Connect theother end to the positive ( )terminal on the booster battery.

Put the transmission in Neutral orPark, and set the parking brake.

Turn off all the electrical acces-sories: heater, A/C, climatecontrol, audio system, lights, etc.

Open the hood and check thephysical condition of the battery.In very cold weather, check thecondition of the electrolyte. If itseems slushy or like ice, do not tryjump starting until it thaws.

1.

2.

3.

76

257

255Emergency

Towing

Jump Starting

If the Engine Won’t Start, Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected

To Jump Start Your Vehicle:

248

NOTICE:

A battery can explode if you donot follow the correct procedure,seriously injuring anyonenearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames,and smoking materials awayfrom the battery.

If a battery sits in extremecold, the electrolyte inside can f reeze.Attempting to jump start with a f rozenbattery can cause it to rupture.

Page 252: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-Connect the second jumper cableto the negative ( ) terminal onthe booster battery. Connect theother end to the grounding strapas shown. Do not connect thisjumper cable to any other part ofthe engine.

The numbers in the illustrationshow you the order to connect thejumper cables.

If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, have an assistant startthat vehicle and run it at a fast idle.

Start your vehicle. If the startermotor still operates slowly, checkthat the jumper cables have goodmetal-to-metal contact.

Once your vehicle is running,disconnect the negative cable fromyour vehicle, then from thebooster battery. Disconnect thepositive cable from your vehicle,and then from the booster battery.

Keep the ends of the jumper cablesaway from each other and any metalon the vehicle until everything isdisconnected. Otherwise, you maycause an electrical short.

4.

6.

7.

5.

Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected 249

BOOSTERBATTERY

Page 253: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The pointer of your vehicle’stemperature gauge should stay inthe midrange. If it climbs to the redmark, you should determine thereason (hot day, driving up a steephill, etc.).

If your vehicle overheats, you shouldtake immediate action. The onlyindication may be the temperaturegauge climbing to or above the redmark. Or you may see steam orspray coming from under the hood.

Safely pull to the side of the road.Put the transmission in Neutral orPark, and set the parking brake.Turn off all accessories, and turnon the hazard warning indicators.

If you see steam and/or spraycoming from under the hood, turnoff the engine. Wait until you seeno more signs of steam or spray,then open the hood.

If you do not see steam or spray,leave the engine running andwatch the temperature gauge. Ifthe high heat is due to overloading,the engine should start to cooldown almost immediately. If itdoes, wait until the temperaturegauge comes down to the midpoint,then continue driving.

If the temperature gauge stays atthe red mark, turn off the engine.

1.

2.

3.

4.

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected250

NOTICE:

Steam and spray from anoverheated engine canseriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steamis coming out.

Driving with the temperaturegauge pointer at the red mark cancause serious damage to your engine.

Page 254: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Look for any obvious coolant leaks,such as a split radiator hose.Everything is still extremely hot,so use caution. If you find a leak, itmust be repaired before youcontinue driving (see

on page ).

If you don’t find an obvious leak,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Add coolantif the level is below the MIN mark.

If there was no coolant in thereserve tank, you may need to addcoolant to the radiator. Let theengine cool down until the pointerreaches the middle of the tempera-ture gauge, or lower, before check-ing the radiator.

Using gloves or a large heavycloth, turn the radiator capcounterclockwise without pushingdown to the first stop. After thepressure releases, push down onthe cap and turn it until it comesoff.

If the temperature stays normal,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. If it hasgone down, add coolant to theMAX mark. Put the cap back ontightly.

Put the radiator cap back ontightly. Run the engine and watchthe temperature gauge. If it goesback to the red mark, the engineneeds repair (see

on page ).

Start the engine, and set thetemperature control dial tomaximum (climate control toFULL AUTO at 90°F/32°C). Addcoolant to the radiator up to thebase of the filler neck. If you donot have the proper coolantmixture available, you can addplain water. Remember to havethe cooling system drained andrefilled with the proper mixture assoon as you can.

5.

6.

7.8.

9.

255

10.

11.

255

EmergencyTowing

EmergencyTowing

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected 251

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

Page 255: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

This indicator should nevercome on when the engine is

running. If it starts flashing or stayson, the oil pressure has dropped verylow or lost pressure. Serious enginedamage is possible and you shouldtake immediate action.

Safely pull off the road, and shutoff the engine. Turn on the hazardwarning indicators.

Let the vehicle sit for a minute.Open the hood, and check the oillevel (see page ). An enginevery low on oil can lose pressureduring cornering and other drivingmaneuvers.

If necessary, add oil to bring thelevel back to the full mark on thedipstick (see page ).

Start the engine, and watch the oilpressure indicator. If it does not goout within 10 seconds, turn off theengine. There is a mechanicalproblem that needs to be repairedbefore you can continue driving.(See on page

).

Immediately turn off all electricalaccessories. Try not to use otherelectrically operated controls such asthe power windows. Keep the enginerunning; starting the engine willdischarge the battery rapidly.

Go to a Honda dealer or a servicestation where you can get technicalassistance.

If the charging systemindicator comes on brightly

when the engine is running, thebattery is not being charged.

1.

2.

3.

4.

211

171

255

Low Oil Pressure Indicator, Charging System Indicator

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Emergency Towing

Charging System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected252

NOTICE: Running the engine with lowoil pressure can cause seriousmechanical damage almost immediately.Turn of f the engine as soon as you cansaf ely get the vehicle stopped.

Page 256: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If this indicator comes onwhile driving, it means one

of the engine’s emissions controlsystems may have a problem. Eventhough you may feel no difference inyour vehicle’s performance,continued operation may causeserious damage.

If you have recently refueled yourvehicle, the indicator could come onbecause of a loose or missing fuel fillcap. Tighten the cap until it clicks atleast three times. Tightening the capwill not turn the indicator turn offimmediately; it takes at least threedays of normal driving.

If the indicator remains on, or thefuel cap was not loose or missing,have your vehicle checked by thedealer as soon as possible.

This indicator may also come onalong with the ‘‘D’’ indicator.

Your vehicle has certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that are part of the on-boarddiagnostics for the emissionssystems. In some states, part of theemissions testing is to make surethese codes are set. If they are notset, the test cannot be completed.

If your vehicle battery has beendisconnected or gone dead, thesecodes are erased. It takes at leastthree days of driving under variousconditions to set the codes again.

To check if they are set, turn theignition switch to ON (II), withoutstarting the engine. The MalfunctionIndicator Lamp will come on for 20seconds. If it then goes off, thereadiness codes are set. If it blinks 5times, the readiness codes are notset. If possible, do not take yourvehicle for a state emissions testuntil the readiness codes are set.Refer to State Emissions Testing formore information (see page ).274

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Readiness Codes

253

NOTICE: If you keep driving with theMalf unction Indicator Lamp on, youcan damage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols and the engine. Those repairsmay not be covered by your vehicle’swarranties.

Page 257: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

However, if the brake pedal does notfeel normal, you should takeimmediate action. A problem in onepart of the system’s dual circuitdesign will still give you braking attwo wheels. You will feel the brakepedal go down much farther beforethe vehicle begins to slow down andyou will have to press harder on thepedal.

Slow down by shifting to a lowergear, and pull to the side of the roadwhen it is safe. Because of the longdistance needed to stop, it ishazardous to drive the vehicle. Youshould have it towed and repaired assoon as possible (see

on page ).

If you must drive the vehicle a shortdistance in this condition, driveslowly and carefully.

If the ABS indicator and the TCSindicator come on with the brakesystem indicator, have the vehicleinspected by your dealerimmediately.If the brake system indicator comes

on while driving, the brake fluid levelis probably low. Press lightly on thebrake pedal to see if it feels normal.If it does, check the brake fluid levelthe next time you stop at a servicestation (see page ).

If the fluid level is low, take thevehicle to your dealer and have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

The brake systemindicator normallycomes on when you

turn the ignition switch to ON (II),and as a reminder to check theparking brake. It will stay lit if you donot fully release the parking brake.

255

218

Brake System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

254

U.S. Canada

Page 258: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

If your vehicle needs to be towed,call a professional towing service ororganization. Never tow your vehiclewith just a rope or chain. It is verydangerous.

There are three popular types ofprofessional towing equipment.

The towtruck uses two pivoting arms that gounder the tires (front or rear) and liftthem off the ground. The other twotires remain on the ground.

The towtruck uses metal cables with hookson the ends. These hooks go aroundparts of the frame or suspension andthe cables lift that end of the vehicleoff the ground. Your vehicle’s sus-pension and body can be seriouslydamaged.

Release the parking brake.Start the engine.Shift to D, then to N.Turn off the engine.

The operatorloads your vehicle on the back of atruck.

If your Honda cannot be transportedby flatbed, it should be towed bywheel-lift equipment with the frontwheels off the ground. If, due todamage, your vehicle must be towedwith the front wheels on the ground,do the following:

With the front wheels on the ground,it is best to tow the vehicle no fartherthan 50 miles (80 km), and keep thespeed below 35 mph (55 km/h).

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Wheel-lif t Equipment

Sling-type Equipment

Flatbed Equipment

This isan acceptable way to tow yourHonda.

This method of towingis unacceptable.

This is the best way totransport your Honda.

255

NOTICE: Improper towing preparationwill damage the transmission. Followthe above procedure exactly. If youcannot shif t the transmission or startthe engine, your vehicle must betransported with the f ront wheels of fthe ground.

Page 259: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you decide to tow your vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground,make sure you use a properly-designed and attached tow bar.Prepare the vehicle for towing asdescribed above, and leave theignition switched in theACCESSORY (I) position so thesteering wheel does not lock. Makesure the radio and any items pluggedinto the accessory power socket areturned off so they do not run downthe battery.

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected256

NOTICE:

NOTICE:

Trying to lif t or tow yourvehicle by the bumpers will causeserious damage. The bumpers are notdesigned to support the vehicle’s weight.

The steering system can bedamaged if the steering wheel is locked.Leave the ignition switched toAccessory (I), and make sure thesteering wheel turns f reely bef ore youbegin towing.

Page 260: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The vehicle’s fuses are located infour fuse boxes. The interior fuseboxes are located under thedashboard on the driver’s andpassenger’s side.

To open the passenger’s side, pullthe right edge of the cover.

The primary under-hood fuse box islocated on the passenger’s side.

The secondary fuse box is next tothe battery.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected 257

DRIVER’S SIDE INTERIOR PASSENGER’S SIDEINTERIOR

PRIMARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

SECONDARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

Page 261: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Check the smaller fuses in theunder-hood fuse box and all thefuses in the interior fuse boxes bypulling out each fuse with the fusepuller provided in the primaryunder-hood fuse box.

If something electrical in yourvehicle stops working, the first thingyou should check for is a blown fuse.Determine from the chart on pages

and , or the diagram on thefuse box lid, which fuse or fusescontrol that device. The diagram forthe interior driver’s side fuse box ison the kick panel below the fuse box.Check those fuses first, but check allthe fuses before deciding that ablown fuse is the cause. Replace anyblown fuses, and check if the deviceworks.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK(0). Make sure the headlights andall other accessories are off.

Remove the cover from the fusebox.

Check each of the large fuses inthe primary under-hood fuse boxby looking through the top at thewire inside. Removing these fusesrequires a Phillips-headscrewdriver.

1.

2.

3. 4.

260 261

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Checking and Replacing Fuses

258

FUSE

BLOWNFUSE PULLER

Page 262: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Look for a burned wire inside thefuse. If it is burned, replace it withone of the spare fuses of the samerating or lower.

If the replacement fuse of thesame rating blows in a short time,there is probably a seriouselectrical problem in your vehicle.Leave the blown fuse in thatcircuit, and have your vehiclechecked by a qualified mechanic.

If the driver’s power window fuse isremoved, the AUTO feature of thedriver’s window will be disabled. Youshould reset the AUTO feature (seepage ).

If the radio fuse is removed, theaudio system will disable itself. Thenext time you turn on the radio youwill see ‘‘ ’’ in the frequencydisplay. Use the preset buttons toenter the five-digit code (see page

).

If you cannot drive the vehiclewithout fixing the problem, and youdo not have a spare fuse, take a fuseof the same rating or a lower ratingfrom one of the other circuits. Makesure you can do without that circuittemporarily (such as the accessorypower socket or radio).

If you replace the blown fuse with aspare fuse that has a lower rating, itmight blow out again. This does notindicate anything wrong. Replace thefuse with one of the correct rating assoon as you can.

5.

6.

101

144

On EX and EX-L models

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected 259

NOTICE:

BLOWN

Replacing a f use with onethat has a higher rating greatlyincreases the chances of damagingthe electrical system. If you do nothave a replacement f use with theproper rating f or the circuit, installone with a lower rating.

Page 263: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

--

**

Circuits ProtectedCircuits ProtectedNo. Amps. No. Amps.

Circuits ProtectedAmps.No.

Back Up, ACCPower SeatHeater MotorCooling FanSpare FuseSpare FuseSpare FuseBatteryCondenser FanMG ClutchIgnition Switch (IG 1 Main)ABS Motor

Spare FuseSpare FuseRight HeadlightACG SHazardNot UsedStopLeft HeadlightABS F/SPower Window MotorPower Sliding DoorRear Defroster

123456789

101112

20 A30 A15 A15 A15 A

20 A15 A20 A40 A30 A30 A

131415161718192021222324

40 A40 A40 A30 A

7.5 A10 A15 A

120 A30 A

7.5 A50 A30 A

Rear Entertaiment SystemNot UsedSeat HeatersDriver’s Power WindowRear A/CPower Sliding Door

20 A

20 A30 A40 A20 A

12 7

89

1011

: EX and EX-L models

EX-L models1 :EX and EX-L models2 :

1

1

2

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected260

PRIMARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

SECONDARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

Page 264: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

**

No. Amps. Circuits Protected No. Amps. Circuits Protected

123

456789

10111213

15 A10 A

7.5 A

7.5 A7.5 A15 A15 A

7.5 A10 A

7.5 A10 A30 A

7.5 A

Fuel PumpSRSHeater Control, A/C ClutchRelay, Cooling Fan RelayPower MirrorDaytime Running LightECU (PCM), Cruise ControlIG CoilACC RelayBack-up Lights, InstrumentLightsTurn SignalsRear WiperFront WiperStarter Signal

1

2345

678

910

111213141516

20 A

20 A10 A20 A20 A

10 A7.5 A20 A

15 A15 A

10 A20 A

7.5 A7.5 A20 A

7.5 A

Driver’s Side AutomaticSliding DoorPower Seat RecliningBSCPower Seat SlidingPassenger’s Side AutomaticSliding DoorDaytime Running LightLeft Rear WindowFront Passenger’s PowerWindowACC SocketInst. Panel Light, LicenseLightInterior Light, RadioPower Door LocksClock, Back UpABS Motor CheckDriver’s Power WindowRight Rear Window

EX and EX-L modelsCanadian models

:

1 :2 :

On Canadian models

1

1

1

2

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected 261

Driver’s Side

INTERIOR FUSE BOX

Passenger’s Side

FrontFront

Page 265: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

262

Page 266: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The diagrams in this section giveyou the dimensions and capacities ofyour Honda, and the locations of theidentification numbers. It alsoincludes information you shouldknow about your vehicle’s tires andemissions control systems.

................Identification Numbers . 264................................Specifications . 266

DOT Tire Quality Grading.......................(U.S Vehicles) . 268

Uniform Tire Quality..................................Grading . 268.................................Treadwear . 268

......................................Traction . 268.............................Temperature . 269

.................................Tire Labeling . 270

.......................Emissions Controls . 271.....................The Clean Air Act . 271

Crankcase Emissions Control....................................System . 271

Evaporative Emissions Control....................................System . 271

Onboard Refueling Vapor................................Recovery . 271

...Exhaust Emissions Controls . 272....................PGM-FI System . 272

Ignition Timing Control................................System . 272

Exhaust Gas Recirculation...................(EGR) System . 272

Three Way Catalytic...........................Converter . 272

....................Replacement Parts . 272..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 273

..............State Emissions Testing . 274....Testing of Readiness Codes . 274

Technical Information

Technical Information 263

Page 267: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Your vehicle has several identifyingnumbers in various places.

The Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) is the 17-digit number yourHonda dealer uses to register yourvehicle for warranty purposes. It isalso necessary for licensing andinsuring your vehicle. The easiestplace to find the VIN is on a platefastened to the top of the dashboard.You can see it by looking throughthe windshield on the driver’s side. Itis also on the Certification label at-tached to the driver’s doorjamb, andis stamped on the engine com-partment bulkhead. The VIN is alsoprovided in bar code on theCertification label.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information264

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

CERTIFICATION LABEL

Page 268: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The Engine Number is stamped intothe engine block. It is on the front.

The Transmission Number is on alabel on top of the transmission.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information 265

ENGINE NUMBER

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER

Page 269: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

- -

**

Specifications

Technical Information266

Dimensions

Weights

Capacities

Air Conditioning

201.2 in (5,110 mm)75.6 in (1,920 mm)

5.3 US qt (5.0 )

2.6 US qt (2.5 )

0.16 US gal (0.6 )

4.6 US qt (4.4 )

4.2 US qt (4.0 )

2.48 US gal (9.4 )

3.5 US qt (3.3 )8.3 US qt (7.9 )

4.8 US qt (4.5 )

HFC-134a (R-134a)

66.1 in (1,680 mm)66.1 in (1,680 mm)118.1 in (3,000 mm)

68.5 in (1,740 mm)

32 34 oz (850 900 g)ND-OIL8

20.00 US gal (75.7 )1.98 US gal (7.5 )

69.7 in (1,770 mm)

8,265 lbs (3,750 kg)

Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in theengine.Reserve tank capacity:

Excluding the oil remaining in the engine.

LengthWidthHeight

WheelbaseTrack

Gross vehicle weight rating

Gross combined weightrating (GCWR)

Fuel tank

EnginecoolantEngine oil

AutomatictransmissionfluidWindshieldwasherreservoir

Refrigerant typeCharge quantityLubricant type

See the tire information label atta-ched to the driver’s doorjamb.

Approx.

FrontRear

1 :

2 :

ChangeTotalChange

IncludingfilterWithoutfilter

TotalChangeTotal

U.S. VehiclesCanada Vehicles

1 : LX2 : EX, EX-L

1

2

1

2

Page 270: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

--

--

--------

--

+-

Specifications

Technical Information 267

Lights

Battery

Fuses

Engine

Alignment

Tires

12 V 21 W12 V 21/5 W

3.50 x 3.66 in (89.0 x 93.0 mm)212 cu-in (3,471 cm )

10 : 1

24/2.2 CP

12 V 1.8 W12 V 8 W

12 V 21 W12 V 3 CP

2 CP

21 CP (18 W)4 CP10 W

12 V

12 V12 V12 V

12 V60/55 W (HB2)12 V

65 AH/20 HR52 AH/5 HR12 V

12 V

0.00 in (0.0 mm)0.00 in (0.0 mm)

0°0°30’

2°07’

225/60R16 98TT135/80D16 101M

36 psi (250 kPa , 2.5 kgf/cm )60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

PZFR5F-11PKJ16CR-L11

0.04 in (1.1 mm)

HeadlightsFront turn signal/parking/sidemarker lightsRear turn signal lightsStop/Taillights/Rear sidemarker lightsTaillightsBack-up lightsLicense plate lightHigh-mount brake lightIndividual map lights

Cargo area lightVanity mirror lights

Capacity

Interior

Under-hood

Type

Bore x StrokeDisplacementCompression ratioSpark plugs

Spark Plug Gap

Toe-in

Camber

Caster

Size

PressureSee page 261 or the fuse labelattached to the dashboard.See page 261 or the fuse labelattached to the inside of the fusebox door under the dashboard.See page 260 or the fuse boxcover.

High/Low

Front/RearSpareFront/RearSpare

FrontRearFrontRearFront

FrontRear

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

(Amber)

NGK:DENSO:

Water cooled 4-stroke SOHC VTEC,6-cylinder, gasoline engine

00.1 mm

Page 271: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-The tires on your car meet all U.S.Federal Safety Requirements. Alltires are also graded for treadwear,traction, and temperature perform-ance according toDepartment of Transportation(DOT) standards. The followingexplains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween the tread shoulder and themaximum section width. Forexample:

All passenger car tires must conformto Federal Safety Requirements inaddition to these grades.

The treadwear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified governmenttest course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance oftires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions onspecified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Technical Information

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear 200Traction AATemperature A

Treadwear Traction AA, A, B, C

268

Page 272: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reducetire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger cartires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grade forthis tire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, cancause heat buildup and possible tirefailure.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Technical Information

Temperature A, B, C

269

Page 273: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The tires that came on your vehiclehave a number of markings. Thoseyou should be aware of are describedbelow.

Whenever tires are replaced, theyshould be replaced with tires of thesame size. Following is an exampleof tire size with an explanation ofwhat each component means.

Rim diameter in inches.

Load index (a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry).

Speed symbol (analphabetical code indicatingthe maximum speed rating).

Tire Identification Number (TIN) isa group of numbers and letters thatlook like the following example TIN.

Date of manufacture.

Vehicle type (P indicatespassenger vehicle).

Tire width in millimeters.

Aspect ratio (the tire’s sectionheight as a percentage of itswidth).

Tire construction code (Rindicates radial).

Tire type code.

Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

This indicates that the tiremeets all requirements ofthe U.S. Department ofTransportation.

P

225

55

R

94

V

16

DOT

B97R

FW6X

2202

Tire Labeling

Technical Information

Tire Size

Tire Identif ication Number

270

P225/55R16 94V

DOT B97R FW6X 2202

Page 274: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The burning of gasoline in yourvehicle’s engine produces several by-products. Some of these are carbonmonoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen(NOx) and hydrocarbons (HC).Gasoline evaporating from the tankalso produces hydrocarbons. Con-trolling the production of NOx, CO,and HC is important to the environ-ment. Under certain conditions ofsunlight and climate, NOx and HCreact to form photochemical ‘‘smog.’’Carbon monoxide does not contri-bute to smog creation, but it is apoisonous gas.

The United States Clean Air Actsets standards for automobileemissions. It also requires thatautomobile manufacturers explain toowners how their emissions controlswork and what to do to maintainthem. This section summarizes howthe emissions controls work.Scheduled maintenance is on pages

and .

In Canada, Honda vehicles complywith the Canadian emissionrequirements, as specified in anagreement with EnvironmentCanada, at the time they aremanufactured.

Your vehicle has a PositiveCrankcase Ventilation System. Thiskeeps gasses that build up in theengine’s crankcase from going intothe atmosphere. The Positive Crank-

case Ventilation valve routes themfrom the crankcase back to theintake manifold. They are thendrawn into the engine and burned.

As gasoline evaporates in the fueltank, an evaporative emissionscontrol canister filled with charcoaladsorbs the vapor. It is stored in thiscanister while the engine is off. Afterthe engine is started and warmed up,the vapor is drawn into the engineand burned during driving.

The Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery (ORVR) system capturesthe fuel vapors during refueling. Thevapors are adsorbed in a canisterfilled with activated carbon. Whiledriving, the fuel vapors are drawninto the engine and burned off.

205 206

The Clean Air Act

Crankcase Emissions ControlSystem

Evaporative Emissions ControlSystem

Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery

Emissions Controls

Technical Information 271

Page 275: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The exhaust emissions controlsinclude four systems: PGM-FI,Ignition Timing Control, ExhaustGas Recirculation and Three WayCatalytic Converter. These foursystems work together to control theengine’s combustion and minimizethe amount of HC, CO, and NOx thatcomes out the tailpipe. The exhaustemissions control systems areseparate from the crankcase andevaporative emissions controlsystems.

The PGM-FI System uses sequentialmultiport fuel injection.It has three subsystems: Air Intake,Engine Control, and Fuel Control.The Powertrain Control Module(PCM) uses various sensors todetermine how much air is goinginto the engine. It then controls howmuch fuel to inject under alloperating conditions.

This system constantly adjusts theignition timing, reducing the amountof HC, CO, and NOx produced.

The Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) system takes some of theexhaust gas and routes it back intothe intake manifold. Adding exhaustgas to the air/fuel mixture reducesthe amount of NOx produced whenthe fuel is burned.

The three way catalytic converter isin the exhaust system. Throughchemical reactions, it converts HC,CO, and NOx in the engine’s exhaustto carbon dioxide (CO ), dinitrogen(N ), and water vapor.

The emissions control systems aredesigned and certified to work to-gether in reducing emissions tolevels that comply with the Clean AirAct. To make sure the emissionsremain low, you should use only newHonda replacement parts or theirequivalent for repairs. Using lowerquality parts may increase theemissions from your vehicle.

The emissions control systems arecovered by warranties separate fromthe rest of your vehicle. Read yourwarranty manual for more informa-tion.

2

2

Exhaust Emissions Controls Replacement Parts

PGM-FI System

Ignition Timing Control System

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)System

Three Way Catalytic Converter

Technical Information

Emissions Controls

272

Page 276: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

The three way catalytic convertercontains precious metals that serveas catalysts, promoting chemicalreactions to convert the exhaustgasses without affecting the metals.The catalytic converter is referred toas a three-way catalyst, since it actson HC, CO, and NOx. A replacementunit must be an original Honda partor its equivalent.

The three way catalytic convertermust operate at a high temperaturefor the chemical reactions to takeplace. It can set on fire any com-bustible materials that come near it.Park your vehicle away from highgrass, dry leaves, or other flamma-bles.

A defective three way catalyticconverter contributes to air pollution,and can impair your engine’s per-formance. Follow these guidelines toprotect your vehicle’s three waycatalytic converter.

Always use unleaded gasoline.Even a small amount of leadedgasoline can contaminate thecatalyst metals, making the threeway catalytic converter ineffective.

Keep the engine tuned-up.

Have your vehicle diagnosed andrepaired if it is misfiring, back-firing, stalling, or otherwise notrunning properly.

Three Way Catalytic Converter

Technical Information 273

THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER

Page 277: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you take your vehicle for a stateemissions test shortly after thebattery has been disconnected orgone dead, it may not pass the test.This is because of certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that must be set in the on-board diagnostics for the emissionssystems. These codes are erasedwhen the battery is disconnected,and set again only after several daysof driving under a variety ofconditions.

If the testing facility determines thatthe readiness codes are not set, youwill be requested to return at a laterdate to complete the test. If you mustget the vehicle re-tested within thenext two or three days, you cancondition the vehicle for re-testingby doing the following.

Make sure the gas tank is nearly,but not completely, full (around3/4).

Make sure the vehicle has beenparked with the engine off for 8hours or more.

Make sure the ambienttemperature is between 20° and95°F.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, start the engine and let itidle for 20 seconds.

Keep the vehicle in Park(automatic transmission). Increasethe engine speed to 2,000 rpm andhold it there until the temperaturegauge rises to at least 1/4 of thescale (approximately 3 minutes).

Testing of Readiness Codes

State Emissions Testing

Technical Information274

Page 278: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Select a nearby lightly traveledmajor highway where you canmaintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph(80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20minutes. Drive on the highway inD (A/T). Do not use the cruisecontrol. When traffic allows, drivefor 90 seconds without moving theaccelerator pedal. (Vehicle speedmay vary slightly; this is okay.) Ifyou cannot do this for acontinuous 90 seconds because oftraffic conditions, drive for at least30 seconds, then repeat it twomore times (for a total of 90seconds).

Then drive in city/suburbantraffic for at least 10 minutes.When traffic conditions allow, letthe vehicle coast for severalseconds without using theaccelerator pedal or the brakepedal.

If the testing facility determines thereadiness codes are still not set, seeyour Honda dealer.

Technical Information

State Emissions Testing

275

Page 279: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

276

Page 280: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Customer Service................................Information . 278

....................Warranty Coverages . 279Reporting Safety Defects

..........................(U.S. Vehicles) . 280.....................Authorized Manuals . 281

Warranty and Customer Relations

Warranty and Customer Relations 277

Page 281: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Honda dealership personnel aretrained professionals. They shouldbe able to answer all your questions.If you encounter a problem that yourdealership does not solve to yoursatisfaction, please discuss it withthe dealership’s management. TheService Manager or GeneralManager can help. Almost allproblems are solved in this way.

If you are dissatisfied with thedecision made by the dealership’smanagement, contact your HondaCustomer Service Office.

U.S. Owners:

Canadian Owners:

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. VirginIslands:

When you call or write, please giveus this information:

Vehicle Identification Number(see page )Name and address of the dealerwho services your vehicleDate of purchaseMileage on your vehicleYour name, address, and tele-phone numberA detailed description of theproblemName of the dealer who sold thevehicle to you

264

Customer Service Information

Warranty and Customer Relations278

CUSTOMER RELATIONS

RELATIONS AVEC LA CLIENTÉLE

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.Automobile Customer ServiceMail Stop 500-2N-7A1919 Torrance BoulevardTorrance, California 90501-2746

Tel: (800) 999-1009

Honda Canada Inc.715 Milner AvenueToronto, ONM1B 2K8

Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9Fax: Toll-free 1-877-939-0909

Toronto (416) 287-4776

Bella InternationalP.O. Box 190816San Juan, Puerto Rico 00919-0816

Tel: (787) 250-4318

Page 282: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

-Your new Honda is covered by thesewarranties:

covers your new vehicle, except forthe battery, emissions controlsystems, and accessories, againstdefects in materials andworkmanship.

these twowarranties cover your vehicle’s emis-sions control systems. Time, mileage,and coverage are conditional. Pleaseread the warranty manual for exactinformation.

this warranty gives upto 100 percent credit toward areplacement battery.

a seatbelt that fails to function properly iscovered for the useful life of thevehicle.

all exterior body panels arecovered for rust-through from theinside for the specified time periodwith no mileage limit.

Honda Accessories are coveredunder this warranty. Time andmileage limits depend on the type ofaccessory and other factors. Pleaseread your warranty manual fordetails.

covers all Hondareplacement parts against defects inmaterials and workmanship.

providescoverage for as long as the pur-chaser of the muffler owns thevehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply toall these warranties. Please read the2004 Honda Warranty Informationbooklet that came with your vehiclefor precise information on warrantycoverages. Your Honda’s originaltires are covered by theirmanufacturer. Tire warranty infor-mation is in a separate booklet.

Please refer to the 2004 WarrantyManual that came with your vehicle.

provides proratedcoverage for a replacement batterypurchased from a Honda dealer.

Warranty Coverages

Warranty and Customer Relations

U.S. Owners

Canadian Owners

New Vehicle Limited Warranty

Emissions Control Systems DefectsWarranty and EmissionsPerformance Warranty

Original Equipment Battery LimitedWarranty

Seat Belt Limited Warranty

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty

Accessory Limited Warranty

Replacement Parts LimitedWarranty

Replacement Muffler LifetimeLimited Warranty

Replacement Battery LimitedWarranty

279

Page 283: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in additionto notifying American Honda MotorCo., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, orAmerican Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may eithercall the Auto Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 inWashington D.C. area) or write to:NHTSA, U.S. Department ofTransportation, Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtainother information about motorvehicle safety from the Hotline.

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Vehicles)

Warranty and Customer Relations280

Page 284: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

*2004

HON

The publications shown below can be purchased from HelmIncorporated. You can order in any of three ways:

If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.at 1-800-782-4356

Detach and mail the order form on the right half of this pageCall Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356Go online at

Valid only for sales within the U.S. Canadian owners shouldcontact their authorized Honda dealer.

(credit card orders only)

Authorized Manuals

Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)

281

Publication

Form Number

61S0X05

61S0X05EL

61S0X30

31S0X650

31S0X750

31S0XQ10

HON-R

Form Description

1999-2004 Honda Odyssey

Service Manual

1999-2004 Honda Odyssey

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual

1999-2004 Honda Odyssey

Body Repair Manual

2004 Honda Odyssey

Owner’s Manual

2004 Honda Odyssey

Navigation System Owner’s Manual

2004 Honda Odyssey

Quick Start Guide

Order Form for Previous Years-

Indicate Year and Model Desired

Price

Each

$70.00

$50.00

$44.00

$34.00

$29.00

$12.00

FREE

(NOTE: For Credit Card Holder Orders Only)

MINIMUM CREDIT CARD PURCHASE $10.00

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356

OR

PUBLICATION NUMBERVEHICLE MODEL

Name YearQty

Price

Each

Total

Price

GRAND TOTAL

HANDLING CHARGE

Mich. Purchases

Add 6% Sales Tax

TOTAL MATERIAL

$6.95

Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurringobligation.

Monday-Friday 8:00 A.M. 6:00 P.M. EST

By completing this form you can order the materials desired. You canpay by check or money order, or charge to your credit card. Mail toHelm Incorporated at the address shown on the back of the order form.

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurring obligation.

Orders are mailed within 10 days. Pleaseallow adequate time for delivery.

www. helminc. com

Page 285: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

SHIP

TO

PAYMENT

This manual covers maintenance and recommendedprocedures for repair to engine and chassis components.It is written for the journeyman mechanic, but is simpleenough for most mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

This manual complements the Service Manual byproviding in-depth troubleshooting information for eachelectrical circuit in your vehicle.

This manual describes the procedures involved in thereplacement of damaged body parts.

Authorized Manuals

Service Manual:

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:

Body Repair Manual:

282

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name,and also the name of the person to whose attention the shipment shouldbe sent. For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the address shownbelow for a quotation.

P.O. BOX 07280·DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48207·1-800-782-4356

Customer Name Attention

Apartment Number

State & Zip CodeCity

Daytime Telephone Number

Check or money order enclosed payable to Helm Inc U.S. funds only.Do not send cash

MasterCard

VISA Check here if your billing address is differentfrom the shipping address shown above.

Account Number Expiration: Mo. Yr.

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DATE

Street Address No P.O. Box Number

( )

These Publications cannot be returned for credit without receiving advance authorization within 14days of delivery. On returns, a restocking fee may be applied against the original order.

Page 286: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

BatteryCharging System

...........................Indicator . 60, 252............................Jump Starting . 248

..............................Maintenance . 235............................Specifications . 267

..............................Before Driving . 167....................................Belts, Seat . 8, 20

.........................Beverage Holders . 106..................................Booster Seats . 51

Brakes...........Anti-lock System (ABS) . 190

.............Break-in, New Linings . 168

....................Bulb Replacement . 223...........................................Fluid . 218

.......................................Parking . 103.................System Indicator . 60, 254........................Wear Indicators . 189

.............................Braking System . 189.................Break-in, New Vehicle . 168

..Brightness Control, Instruments . 72........................Brights, Headlights . 71

Bulb Replacement..........................Back-up Lights . 224

..............................Brake Lights . 223................Front Parking Lights . 222

........Front Side Marker Lights . 222.................................Headlights . 220

.........High-mount Brake Light . 225Bulb Replacement

.........................Rear Bulbs . 223, 224............................Specifications . 267

....................Turn Signal Lights . 222..............................Bulbs, Halogen . 220

....................................Accessories . 174ACCESSORY (Ignition Key

.......................................Position) . 77............Accessory Power Sockets . 109

....................Additives, Engine Oil . 212...............Advanced Airbag System . 27

...............................Airbag (SRS) . 9, 24..............Air Conditioning System . 116

.....................Rear A/C Control . 123.................................Usage . 119, 121

.......................Air Outlets (Vents) . 118

.......................Air Pressure, Tires . 230

.......................Alcohol in Gasoline . 168..........................................Antenna . 227

......................................Antifreeze . 214Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

...............................Indicator . 61, 190...................................Operation . 190

..............Anti-theft, Audio System . 144.Anti-theft Steering Column Lock . 77

..........................................Armrests . 92...............Audio Controls, Remote . 143

................................Audio System . 126...Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 22

...Automatic Lighting Off Feature . 72.............Automatic Speed Control . 160..............Automatic Transmission . 184

..........................Capacity, Fluid . 266...............Checking Fluid Level . 216

.......................................Shifting . 184Shift Lever Position

...............................Indicators . 184................Shift Lever Positions . 185

....................Shift Lock Release . 186

CONTINUED

Index

A

B

I

Page 287: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

................DANGER, Explanation of . ii...................................Dashboard . 2, 58

................Daytime Running Lights . 72Daytime Running Lights

.......................................Indicator . 64.................................Dead Battery . 248

............Defects, Reporting Safety . 280................Defogger, Rear Window . 73

................................Cancel Button . 160............................Capacities Chart . 266

.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 54..........................Cargo Area Light . 114

.................................Cargo Hooks . 179....................Cargo, How to Carry . 176

......................................Cargo Net . 179Cassette Player

............................................Care . 142...................................Operation . 139

..............CAUTION, Explanation of . ii.........................................CD Care . 135

...................................CD Changer . 134.......CD Changer Error Message . 137

.......................CD Error Message . 136.......................................CD Player . 133

...............................Center Pocket . 110..................................Center Table . 105

........................Certification Label . 264.................................Chains, Tires . 234

Changing Oil........................................How to . 212......................................When to . 205

....................Changing a Flat Tire . 239

...Charging System Indicator . 60, 252............Checklist, Before Driving . 182

..................Childproof Door Locks . 79.....................................Child Safety . 35

..............................Booster Seats . 51...................................Child Seats . 42

.....Important Safety Reminders . 39..........................................Infants . 40

..........................Lerger Children . 50.........................................LATCH . 44

......................Risks with Airbags . 36.............................Small Children . 41

.........................................Tethers . 48........Where Should A Child Sit? . 36

.......................................Child Seats . 42......LATCH Anchorage System . 44

..........Tether Anchorage Points . 48Cleaning

...................................Seat Belts . 226...............Climate Control System . 121

..............................................Clock . 105......................................Coat Hook . 111

.....................Code, Audio System . 144........................CO in the Exhaust . 271

...................................Coin Holder . 110............Cold Weather, Starting in . 183

......................Compact Spare Tire . 238...............Consumer Information . 278

.............Controls, Instruments and . 57Coolant

........................................Adding . 214....................................Checking . 172

.........................Proper Solution . 214...................Temperature Gauge . 67

Crankcase Emissions Control........................................System . 271

................Cruise Control Indicator . 64............Cruise Control Operation . 160

...................................Cup Holders . 106.............Customer Service Office . 278

Index

C

D

II

Page 288: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

..............Defrosting the Windows . 120....................................Dimensions . 266

...............Dimming the Headlights . 71Dipstick

..........Automatic Transmission . 216..................................Engine Oil . 171

..........................Directional Signals . 71........Disc Brake Wear Indicators . 189

.....................Disposal of Used Oil . 213Doors

..............Locking and Unlocking . 78....................Lockout Prevention . 78

.................Manual Sliding Doors . 84..............................Monitor Light . 63

......................Power Door Locks . 78...................Power Sliding Doors . 84

..........DOT Tire Quality Grading . 268...........Driver and Passenger Safety . 5

...........................................Driving . 181....................................Economy . 173

..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 227....................DVD Error Message . 155

...................................DVD Player . 145

..............................Economy, Fuel . 173..................................Emergencies . 237

.............Battery, Jump Starting . 248...........Brake System Indicator . 254

................Changing a Flat Tire . 239.....Charging System Indicator . 252

..................Checking the Fuses . 257.........Hazard Warning Flashers . 73

............................Jump Starting . 248.....Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 252...Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 253

..................Overheated Engine . 250.......................................Towing . 255

.........................Emergency Brake . 103......................Emergency Flashers . 73

......................Emergency Towing . 255.......................Emissions Controls . 271

.............Emissions Testing, State . 274Engine

....Coolant Temperature Gauge . 67..............Engine Speed Limiter . 186

.........................If It Won’t Start . 247Malfunction Indicator

................................Lamp . 60, 253

........Oil Pressure Indicator . 60, 252

..............Oil, What Kind to Use . 211...............................Overheating . 250

............................Specifications . 267.......................................Starting . 183

.Evaporative Emissions Controls . 271...............................Exhaust Fumes . 54

Exhaust Gas Recirculation........................................System . 272

Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat........................................Belts by . 18

...................................Fan, Interior . 117Features, Comfort and

..............................Convenience . 115....................Filling the Fuel Tank . 169

Filters.........................Dust and Pollen . 227

...............................................Oil . 212.............Flashers, Hazard Warning . 73

...................Flat Tire, Changing a . 239.....................................Floor Mats . 226

Index

E

F

III

Page 289: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Fluids..........Automatic Transmission . 216

..........................................Brake . 218..........................Power Steering . 219

................Windshield Washers . 216FM Stereo Radio

...................................Reception . 130...................Folding the Third Seat . 96

..........................Four-way Flashers . 73..............................Front Airbags . 9, 25

........................................Front Seat . 88......................................Adjusting . 88

.........................................Heaters . 98

.....................................Airbags . 9, 25.................................................Fuel . 168

......................Fill Door and Cap . 169...........................................Gauge . 66

................Octane Requirement . 168....................................Refueling . 169

........................Reserve Indicator . 64.....................Fuses, Checking the . 260

.............Halogen Headlight Bulbs . 220..............Hazard Warning Flashers . 73

........................................Headlights . 71........................................Aiming . 220

..............Automatic Lighting Off . 72

............Daytime Running Lights . 72..................High Beam Indicator . 64

.........................Reminder Chime . 71........Replacing Halogen Bulbs . 220

...................................Turning on . 71...................................Headphones . 156

..............................Head Restraints . 92...............................Heated Mirror . 103

.....................................Heater, Seat . 98.....................Heating and Cooling . 116

.............High Altitude, Starting at . 183.................High-Low Beam Switch . 71

HomeLink Universal................................Transceiver . 163

....................................Hood Latch . 220.......................Hood, Opening the . 170

..............................................Horn . 3, 68

...............Gas Mileage, Improving . 173

.........................................Gasoline . 168...............Fuel Reserve Indicator . 64

...........................................Gauge . 66................Octane Requirement . 168

....................................Refueling . 169................Gas Station Procedures . 169

Gauges...Engine Coolant Temperature . 67

...............................................Fuel . 66...............................Speedometer . 66

.................................Tachometer . 66GAWR (Gross Axle Weight

.......................................Rating) . 195GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

.......................................Rating) . 195......................................Glove Box . 109

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight.......................................Rating) . 195

...Identification Number, Vehicle . 264Ignition

..............................................Keys . 75...........................................Switch . 77

............Timing Control System . 272........................Immobilizer System . 76

Index

HI

G

IV

Page 290: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.........................................Indicators . 59

......ABS (Anti-lock Brake) . 61, 190Brake (Parking and Brake

...........................System) . 60, 254.................................Brake Lamp . 63

................Charging System . 60, 252.............................Cruise Control . 64

DRL (Daytime Running.....................................Lights) . 64...................................High Beam . 64

.......Key (Immobilizer System) . 62......................................Low Fuel . 64

................Low Oil Pressure . 60, 252.....................Side Airbag Off . 31, 61

.........................................SRS . 30, 61Turn Signal and Hazard

...................................Warning . 63..............................Washer Level . 64

..................Individual Map Lights . 113...............................Infant Restraint . 40

......................................Infant Seats . 42......LATCH Anchorage System . 44

...........................Lower Anchors . 44..........Tether Anchorage Points . 48

...................Inflation, Proper Tire . 230

.................................Inside Mirror . 102.............................Inspection, Tire . 231

........................Instrument Panel . 2, 59........Instrument Panel Brightness . 72

...............................Interior Lights . 112........................................Introduction . i

.................Jacking up the Vehicle . 242.......................................Jack, Tire . 240

................................Jump Starting . 248

..................................................Keys . 75

.......................Label, Certification . 264.................Lane Change, Signaling . 71

..................Lap/Shoulder Belts . 14, 20...........LATCH Anchorage System . 44

....................Light Control Switch . 112Lights

....................Bulb Replacement . 220

.......................................Indicator . 59.......................................Interior . 112.........................................Parking . 71

..................................Turn Signal . 71............................Load Limits . 177, 194

......LOCK (Ignition Key Position) . 77Locks

.......Anti-theft Steering Column . 77............................Fuel Fill Door . 169

..................................Glove Box . 109....................Lockout Prevention . 78

.................................Power Door . 78...............................Sliding Doors . 84

........................................Tailgate . 79........................Low Coolant Level . 172.........................Low Fuel Indicator . 64

...Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 60, 252................................Lower Anchors . 44

...Lubricant Specifications Chart . 266...........Luggage Net (Cargo Net) . 179...........Luggage, Storing (Cargo) . 176

Index

J

K

L

V

Page 291: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

..................................Maintenance . 201...Owner Maintenance Checks . 204

.................................Record . 207-209......................Required Indicator . 65

..........................................Safety . 202.............................Schedule . 203-206

.Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 60, 253.....................Manual Sliding Doors . 84

...............................Meters, Gauges . 66........................Mirrors, Adjusting . 102

.................................Modifications . 175.Additional Safety Precautions . 175

...............Modifying Your Vehicle . 175Moving the Second Row Bucket

...............................................Seat . 94

...................Neutral Gear Position . 185..................New Vehicle Break-in . 168

...................NOTICE, Explanation of . i...............Numbers, Identification . 264

...Octane Requirement, Gasoline . 168.........................................Odometer . 66

...............................Odometer, Trip . 67Oil

........................Change, How to . 212......................Change, When to . 205......................Checking Engine . 171..............Pressure Indicator . 60, 252

Selecting Proper Viscosity......................................Chart . 211

...........ON (Ignition Key Position) . 77Onboard Refueling Vapor

....................................Recovery . 271............................Outside Mirrors . 102

....................Overheating, Engine . 250.......Owner Maintenance Checks . 204

.........................Oxygenated Fuels . 168

..............Panel Brightness Control . 72........................Park Gear Position . 185

...........................................Parking . 188...............................Parking Brake . 103

Parking Brake and Brake.................System Indicator . 60, 254

.................................Parking Lights . 71..Parking Over Things that Burn . 188....Passenger Airbag Off Indicator . 32

.............................PGM-FI System . 272..........................Power Door Locks . 78

Power Sliding Doors.................................Indicator . 62, 87

.....................................Operation . 84.......................................Switches . 85

...............Power Socket Locations . 104..............................Power Windows . 99

.........Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . 18

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11...Additional Safety Precautions . 18

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 18........................Protecting Children . 35.......................Protecting Infants . 40

.......Protecting Larger Children . 50.........Protecting Small Children . 41

Using Child Seats with.....................................Tethers . 48

.............................Using LATCH . 44

Index

M

N

O

P

VI

Page 292: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

..................................Safety Belts . 8, 20.........Safety Defects, Reporting . 280

.................................Safety Features . 7...........................................Airbags . 9

.......................................Seat Belts . 8.............Safety Labels, Location of . 55

...............................Safety Messages . ii.....................................Seat Belts . 8, 20

...............Additional Information . 20Automatic Seat Belt

...............................Tensioners . 22

.....................................Cleaning . 226......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 20

................................Maintenance . 22Reminder Indicator and

................................Beeper . 20, 60................................Replacement . 22

...................System Components . 20...............Use During Pregnancy . 18

...Wearing a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 14....................................Seat Heaters . 98

.................................................Seats . 88..........................Adjustments . 89, 91

............Drivers Lumbar Support . 92...............Folding the Third Seat . 96

..........................Head Restraints . 92.......Manual Height Adjustment . 90

......................Passenger Seating . 88.........Reclining the Second Seat . 90

............Reclining the Third Seat . 90......Removing the Second Seats . 95

.......................Third Seat Access . 93............................Security System . 159

...................Radiator Overheating . 250.....Radio/CD Sound System . 126, 132

...........................Readiness Codes . 253............Rear Audio Control Panel . 149

...............................Rear A/C Unit . 123.......................Rear Compartment . 108

........Rear Entertainment System . 145Rear Lights, Bulb

......................Replacement . 223, 224..........................Rear View Mirror . 102

.................Rear Window Defogger . 73...............................Rear Windows . 101

.Rear Window Wiper and Washer . 70.........Reclining the Seat Backs . 90, 91

...........Reclining the Second Seats . 90................Reclining the Third Seat . 90

.......................Reminder Indicators . 59................Remote Audio Controls . 143................Remote Control (RES) . 151

.......................Remote Transmitter . 81..........Removing the Second Seats . 95

Replacement Information................Engine Oil and Filter . 212

..........................................Fuses . 257

................................Light Bulbs . 220....................................Schedule . 203

................................Timing Belt . 219...........................................Tires . 233

.............................Wiper Blades . 228Replacing Seat Belts After a

............................................Crash . 22Reserve Tank,

.................Engine Coolant . 172, 214..................Reverse Gear Position . 185

......................................Roof Rack . 178................................Rotation, Tire . 232

Index

S

R

VII

Page 293: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

SensorsFront Passenger’s Weight

.....................................Sensors . 28....Driver’s Seat Position Sensor . 28

...............................Serial Number . 264...........................Service Intervals . 205...........................Service Manual . 281

...........Service Station Procedure . 169..........................Setting the Clock . 105

...Shift Lever Position Indicators . 184........................Shift Lock Release . 186

................................Side Airbags . 9, 24..........................Off Indicator . 31, 61

Side Marker Lights, Bulb..............................Replacement . 222...............................Signaling Turns . 71

...................................Sliding Doors . 84.....................................Snow Tires . 234

................................Sound System . 126Spare Tire

......................................Inflating . 238............................Specifications . 267

....................................Spark Plugs . 267....................Specifications Charts . 266

................................Speed Control . 160...................................Speedometer . 66

..........SRS, Additional Information . 24...Additional Safety Precautions . 34

.............................Airbag Service . 33..How the SRS Indicator Works . 30

.....How Your Airbags Work . 25, 29........................SRS Components . 24

.............................SRS Indicator . 30, 61....START (Ignition Key Position) . 77

.......................Starting the Engine . 183In Cold Weather at High

..................................Altitude . 183................With a Dead Battery . 248..............State Emissions Testing . 274

........Steam Coming from Engine . 250Steering Wheel

..................................Adjustment . 74.............Anti-theft Column Lock . 77

.......................................Buttons . 143...................Stereo Sound System . 126....................Storing Your Vehicle . 236

...................................Storage Box . 111........................Sunglasses Holder . 107

........................................Sun Visor . 108Supplemental Restraint System

......................................Servicing . 33.........................SRS Indicator . 30, 61

...................System Components . 24..................................Synthetic Oil . 212

.....................................Tachometer . 66............................................Tailgate . 79

.................................Opening the . 79...................Open Monitor Light . 63

.Taillights, Changing Bulbs . 223, 224.Taking Care of the Unexpected . 237

....................................Tape Player . 139Technical Descriptions

.....Emissions Control Systems . 271Three Way Catalytic

...............................Converter . 273.......................Temperature Gauge . 67

........Temperature, Inside Sensor . 125...................Tensioners, Seat Belts . 22

..............Tether Anchorage Points . 48............................Theft Protection . 144

..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 273..................Tilt the Steering Wheel . 74

..........................Time, Setting the . 105....................................Timing Belt . 219....................................Tire Chains . 234

Index

T

VIII

Page 294: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

CONTINUED

.........Tire, How to Change a Flat . 239...............................................Tires . 230

..............................Air Pressure . 230...................................Balancing . 232

.........................Checking Wear . 231..........................Compact Spare . 238

......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 268......................................Inflation . 230

..................................Inspection . 231.....................................Labeling . 270...................................Replacing . 233

......................................Rotating . 232...........................................Snow . 234

............................Specifications . 267................................Tire Chains . 234

...................Tools, Tire Changing . 239Towing

.....................................A Trailer . 194................Emergency Wrecker . 255

....Equipment and Accessories . 196.....................Weight Limit . 194, 195

Traction Control.............................System(TCS) . 192.............................Trailer Loading . 194

......................Trailer Towing Tips . 199

Transmission...............Checking Fluid Level . 216

...........................Fluid Selection . 217..............Identification Number . 264.............Shifting the Automatic . 184

.....................................Treadwear . 268

.......................................Trip Meter . 67....................................Turn Signals . 71

Unexpected, Taking Care..........................................of the . 237

....Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 268........................Unleaded Gasoline . 168

.......Used Oil, How to Dispose of . 213

................................Vanity Mirror . 108.........Vehicle Capacity Load . 177, 194

......................Vehicle Dimensions . 266....Vehicle Identification Number . 264

.............................Vehicle Storage . 236.....................................Ventilation . 119

.................................................VIN . 264

..................................Viscosity, Oil . 211

.............WARNING, Explanation of . ii.........Warning Labels, Location of . 55

..................Warranty Coverages . 279Washer, Windshield

........Checking the Fluid Level . 216............................Level Indicator . 64

.....................................Operation . 69Wheels

...............Adjusting the Steering . 74............Alignment and Balance . 232

..........................Compact Spare . 238......................................Wrench . 242

Windows.............................Auto Reverse . 100

..................Operating the Power . 99............................................Rear . 101

...........................Rear, Defogger . 73

Index

U

V

W

IX

Page 295: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Windshield.......................................Cleaning . 69...................................Defroster . 120

.......................................Washers . 69Wipers, Windshield

.......................Changing Blades . 228.....................................Operation . 69

Rear Windshield Wiper and.....................................Washer . 70

..................Wireless Headphones . 156....................................Worn Tires . 239

.....Wrecker, Emergency Towing . 255

: U.S. and Canada only

Index

X

Page 296: 200 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manualtechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/AOD0404OM/... · 2004 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual . ... Your selection of a 2004 Honda

Service Information Summary

Gasoline:

Fuel Tank Capacity:

Recommended Engine Oil:

Automatic Transmission Fluid:

Power Steering Fluid:

Brake Fluid:

Tire Pressure (measured cold):

36 psi (250 kPa , 2.5 kgf/cm )

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

4.6 US qt (4.4 )

Unleaded gasoline, pump octanenumber of 86 or higher.

API Premium grade 5W-20detergent oil (see page ).

Oil change capacity (includingfilter):

Honda ATF-Z1 (AutomaticTransmission Fluid) preferred, ora DEXRON III ATF as atemporary replacement (see page

).

Honda Power Steering Fluidpreferred, or another brand ofpower steering fluid as atemporary replacement. Do notuse ATF (see page ).

Honda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 orDOT 4 brake fluid as a temporaryreplacement (see page ).

Front/Rear:

Compact Spare Tire:

211

217

219

218

20.00 US gal (75.7 )